Technical Standard Specifications

and Design Manual Guidelines for

Water Treatment Plants, Water
Pumping Stations and Water
Reservoirs or Storage Tanks

Typical Data Sheets

Document Number: 00_TES_SD_005.01

This Issue Date 31/10/2021 25/03/1443 (H)

UPDATING
The BE Department or the document owner will issue updates to all registered holders of each “hard copy” of this document. The registered
holder will be responsible for updating the document by replacing pages or sections as instructed. Printed copies will automatically assume as
“unmaintained” status.
Copyright Notice ©Copyright 2021
All rights reserved. This is the property of National Water Company “NWC” The contents of this document, either in full or in part, are not allowed
to be copied in any form or used by anyone outside NWC unless specifically authorized in writing by the document owner of other authorized
representative of NWC.
History Page
Prepare
Issue Issue Reviewed By Owned By Endorsed Approved By
d By
No. Date (Name) (Name) By (Name) (Name)
(Name)

Ahmed Awad
Alshehri Bander Alshammari

Abdulhameed Alomar Majed Mohamed Mansour M.

01 31/10/2021 Talal Alahmari
Alruwaili Abuthnain
Ahmed Saleem

Consultant Khalid Alhusain

Team

Change
Create new
Description
 Typical Data Sheets

Table of Contents
Issue Page .............................................................................................................................................................. 2
History Page ........................................................................................................................................................... 3
1 INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................................................................7
Purpose ......................................................................................................................................................7
Glossary (Definitions) .................................................................................................................................7
Ownership ...................................................................................................................................................7
Applicability .................................................................................................................................................7
Maintenance of This Document ..................................................................................................................8
Document Roles and Responsibilities / Authority Matrix ............................................................................8
2 Data Sheets for Mechanical Components ..................................................................................................9
Decorative Type Split A/C Unit ...................................................................................................................9
Ducted Split A/C Units ..............................................................................................................................10
Duct Work .................................................................................................................................................14
Package Air Conditioning Units ................................................................................................................15
Ventilation Fans ........................................................................................................................................19
Fire Protection Foam Systems .................................................................................................................20
Fire Protection Systems ...........................................................................................................................23
Vertical Turbine Centrifugal Pumps ..........................................................................................................24
Vertical Submersible Pumps for Wells .....................................................................................................28
Submersible Centrifugal Pumps ...............................................................................................................32
Centrifugal Axial Flow Pump Sets ............................................................................................................35
Progressive Cavity Pumps .......................................................................................................................39
Drain Sump Pumps-Submersible Non-Clog Pumps .................................................................................41
Hoist, Trolley and Monorail .......................................................................................................................44
Electrical Overhead Crane .......................................................................................................................46
Chemical Pumps .......................................................................................................................................48
Fiberglass Tank for Chemical Storage and Dosing ..................................................................................50
HDPE Tank for Chemical Storage and Dosing ........................................................................................53
Butterfly Valves .........................................................................................................................................55
Check valves ............................................................................................................................................57
Gate Valves ..............................................................................................................................................59
Ball valves .................................................................................................................................................61
Automatic Vent Valves..............................................................................................................................63
Pressure Relief Valves .............................................................................................................................65
Control Valves ..........................................................................................................................................67
Air Compressor Package ..........................................................................................................................69
Surge Vessels ...........................................................................................................................................72
Chlorinators ..............................................................................................................................................74
Chlorine Gas Detection System ...............................................................................................................76
Chlorine Gas Neutralization ......................................................................................................................78
Chlorine Residual Analyzer ......................................................................................................................80
Hypochlorination System ..........................................................................................................................82
Ozone Generator ......................................................................................................................................83
UV Disinfection System ............................................................................................................................87
Air Blower .................................................................................................................................................89
Screens .....................................................................................................................................................93
Hydraulic Gate ..........................................................................................................................................96
Gravity Belt Thickener, Drum Thickener and Picket Fence Thickener .....................................................98
Fire Hydrant Valve ..................................................................................................................................101
Dewatering Centrifuge ............................................................................................................................102
Dewatering Belt Filter Press ...................................................................................................................106
Circular Settlement Tank Scraper ..........................................................................................................109
GRP Bolted Tank ....................................................................................................................................111
Degasifier (Stripping/Aeration Towers)...................................................................................................114

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 4 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 Pressure Sand Filter ...............................................................................................................................115
UF System ..............................................................................................................................................118
Cartridge Filter ........................................................................................................................................120
RO System .............................................................................................................................................122
Chlorine Dioxide .....................................................................................................................................126
Carbon Steel Welded Tanks ...................................................................................................................128
Carbon Steel Bolted Tanks .....................................................................................................................130
Carbon Steel Pipe...................................................................................................................................131
GRP Pipe ................................................................................................................................................133
HDPE Pipe ..............................................................................................................................................134
Ductile Iron Pipe .....................................................................................................................................135
uPVC Pipe ..............................................................................................................................................136
Stainless Steel Pipe ................................................................................................................................138
Cooling Tower.........................................................................................................................................140
Water Softener........................................................................................................................................141
Drum Screen ...........................................................................................................................................143
Mixers .....................................................................................................................................................146
DAF Equipment ......................................................................................................................................148
Disc Filter ................................................................................................................................................153
Strainer ...................................................................................................................................................156
Foot Valve ...............................................................................................................................................157
Flap Valve ...............................................................................................................................................158
Plug Valve ...............................................................................................................................................160
CPVC Pipe ..............................................................................................................................................161
GRE Pipe ................................................................................................................................................163
Concrete Pipe .........................................................................................................................................164
GI Pipe ....................................................................................................................................................166
3 Data Sheets for Electrical Components..................................................................................................168
Transformer ............................................................................................................................................168
Standby Diesel Generator ......................................................................................................................171
MV Switchboards/ Motor Control Center ................................................................................................175
LV Switchboards/ Motor Control Center .................................................................................................178
Power Factor Correction System ............................................................................................................181
Medium Voltage Motors ..........................................................................................................................183
Low Voltage Motors ................................................................................................................................187
Medium Voltage Variable Speed Drive System .....................................................................................190
Low Voltage Variable Speed Drive System ............................................................................................194
Medium Voltage Soft Starter ..................................................................................................................197
Low Voltage Soft Starter .........................................................................................................................200
Air Circuit Breaker ...................................................................................................................................202
Molded Case Circuit Breaker ..................................................................................................................204
Miniature Circuit Breaker ........................................................................................................................206
Earth Leakage Protection Relay .............................................................................................................207
Disconnected Switch ..............................................................................................................................209
MV Cables ..............................................................................................................................................210
LV Cables ...............................................................................................................................................214
Actuators for Valves................................................................................................................................217
Cable Trays & Accessories ....................................................................................................................219
Direct Current (DC) Supply System ........................................................................................................221
Earthing and Lightning Protection Systems ...........................................................................................223
Light Fittings ...........................................................................................................................................225
Uninterruptible Power Supply - UPS ......................................................................................................227
CCTV ......................................................................................................................................................230
Fire Alarm System ..................................................................................................................................235
4 Data Sheets for Instrumentation and Control Components....................................................................237
Flow Meter Electromagnetic Type ..........................................................................................................237
Ultrasonic Clamp-On Flowmeter ............................................................................................................239
Flow Switch .............................................................................................................................................241
Pressure Gauge......................................................................................................................................242
Pressure Transmitter ..............................................................................................................................244

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 5 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 Pressure Switch ......................................................................................................................................246
Level Gauge ...........................................................................................................................................247
Level Switch ............................................................................................................................................249
Level Transmitter - (Ultrasonic Type) .....................................................................................................250
Level Transmitter (Radar Type) ..............................................................................................................252
Temperature Gauge ...............................................................................................................................253
Temperature Transmitter ........................................................................................................................255
Temperature Switch................................................................................................................................257
Turbidity Analyzer ...................................................................................................................................258
Conductivity Analyzer .............................................................................................................................260
pH Analyzer ............................................................................................................................................261
MLSS Analyzer .......................................................................................................................................262
Dissolved Oxygen Analyzer ....................................................................................................................264
Oxygen Reduction Potential (ORP) Analyzer .........................................................................................265
Chlorine Analyzer ...................................................................................................................................267
Water Quality Monitoring (WQM) ...........................................................................................................268
Vibration Measurement System .............................................................................................................270
SCADA Computer System .....................................................................................................................271
SCADA Operator Desk Console .............................................................................................................274
SCADA Printer ........................................................................................................................................275
SCADA Video Wall System ....................................................................................................................275
Programmable Logic Controller (PLC) ...................................................................................................276
Human Machine Interface (HMI) ............................................................................................................279
Fiber Optic Cable ....................................................................................................................................279
Wireless Communication ........................................................................................................................280
Remote Terminal Unit (RTU) ..................................................................................................................281
Instrument and Control Cable .................................................................................................................283
SCADA Software ....................................................................................................................................284
Control Panel ..........................................................................................................................................286

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 6 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 INTRODUCTION
1 INTRODUCTION
Purpose

Project’s Deliverable will be as followed

1. General Specifications

2. Typical Drawings

3. Typical Data Sheets

4. Design Manual

5. Technical Specifications

6. Design Guidelines

7. Design Models

This document describes the (Typical Data Sheets) part of the project. The typical data sheets cover the
mechanical, electrical and ICA equipment comprised in the water treatment plants, tanks and pumping stations
and associated works. The typical data sheets contain the necessary description and data items for each type
of equipment to be filled by the Contractor based on specific project’s requirements and site conditions.

Glossary (Definitions)

Word or Phrase Explanation

Activity The individual steps within a process or procedure.

Ownership
This document will be maintained by the BE department, and will be reviewed regularly by the owner and
will follow NWC standards.

Applicability
All.

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 7 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 Maintenance of This Document
This document will be maintained by the BE department, and will be reviewed regularly by the owner and
will follow NWC standards.

Document Roles and Responsibilities / Authority Matrix

This section records the roles and responsibilities specifically related to the document including who is
responsible for the review / endorsement / approval of the document.

Prepare/
Maintain
Update/ Review Endorse Approve Publish
Register
Amend
Owner YES
Stakeholder YES
Business Excellence YES YES YES
XXXXXXX YES

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 8 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 2 Data Sheets for Mechanical Components

Decorative Type Split A/C Unit

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

DECORATIVE TYPE SPLIT A/C UNIT

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number
1 Manufacturer
2 Country of Origin
3 Model Number
4 Location
5 Area Served m2
6 Dimensions – LxWxH mm
7 Weight kg
8 Cooling Capacity kW
9 Heating Capacity kW
10 Power Input kW
11 Voltage V
12 Running Current A
m3/hr
/
13 Air Flow
(CFM)
14 Compressor Manufacturer -
15 Electric Power Supply V/Ph/Hz

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 9 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 Ducted Split A/C Units

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

DUCTED SPLIT A/C UNITS

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number
1 GENERAL INFORMATION
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
1.3 Model No.
1.4 Location
1.5 Unit Served
1.6 Condensing Unit Type
Total Cooling Capacity: (Including de-rated
1.7 kW
capacity)
1.8 Sensible Cooling Capacity kW
oC DB/
1.9 Outdoor Ambient Temperature oC WB
1.10 Unit COP
1.11 Heat Rejection Factor
1.12 Operating Weight kg
1.13 Dimensions – LxWxH mm
2 COMPRESSOR
2.1 Manufacturer
2.2 Country of Origin
2.3 Model No
2.4 Type
2.5 Saturated Suction Temp. oC DB
2.6 Saturated Discharge Temp. oC DB
2.7 Suction Pressure Pa
2.8 Discharge Pressure Pa
2.9 Bearings
2.9.1 Model No
2.9.2 Type
3 AIR COOLED CONDENSER
3.1 Coil Model No.

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 10 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 DUCTED SPLIT A/C UNITS

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

oC DB/
3.2 Entering Air Temperature oC WB
3.3 Material (tubes/fins)
3.4 Total Air Flow Rate L/s
3.5 No. of Fans
3.6 Fan Speed rpm
3.7 Fan Diameter mm
3.8 Condenser anti-corrosion Treatment
3.9 Pipe Connections
3.10 Suction line mm
3.11 Liquid line mm
4 ELECTRICAL DATA
4.1 Power Wiring
4.2 Nominal Power Supply V/Ph/Hz
4.3 Compressors Power Input kW
4.4 No. of Electrical Feeders
4.5 Voltage Range V
4.6 Fan Power Input kW
4.7 Nominal Power Input kW
4.8 Maximum Unit Power Input kW
4.9 Maximum Starting Current A
4.10 Nominal Current Drawn A
4.11 Maximum Current Drawn
4.12 Control Safety Switches /Devices
4.13 Options
4.14 Accessories
5 AIR HANDLING UNIT
5.1 Manufacturer
5.2 Country of Origin
5.3 Model No.
5.4 Location
5.5 Area Served
5.6 Supply Air Flow Rate m3/s
5.7 Return Air Flow Rate m3/s
5.8 Fresh Air Flow Rate m3/s
5.9 Overall Dimensions – Lx W x H mm
5.10 Total Operating Weight kg
5.11 Mixing box section
5.12 Length mm
5.13 Fresh Air Intake Position mm

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 11 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 DUCTED SPLIT A/C UNITS

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

5.14 Fresh Air Intake Dimensions mm
5.15 Return Air Intake Position -
5.16 Return Air Intake Dimensions mm
5.17 Air Pressure Drop Pa
5.18 Location of motorized dampers
6 PRE-FILTER SECTION
6.1 Make / Model
6.2 Country of Origin
6.3 Length mm
6.4 Service Clearance mm
6.5 Type -
6.6 Efficiency %
6.7 Mounting
6.8 Pressure Drop (Based on dirty condition) Pa
7 BAG FILTER SECTION
7.1 Make
7.2 Model
7.3 Quantity
7.4 Length mm
7.5 Service Clearance mm
7.6 Type
7.7 Efficiency %
7.8 Mounting
7.9 Pressure Drop (Based on dirty condition) Pa
8 DX COOLING COIL SECTION
8.1 Length mm
8.2 Air Pressure Drop Pa
8.3 Configuration
8.4 No. of Rows
8.5 Fin Spacing mm
8.6 Tube Pitch
8.7 Material
8.8 Total Cooling Capacity kW
8.9 Sensible Cooling Capacity kW
8.9 Coil Face Velocity
8.10 Refrigerant Type
8.11 Saturated Suction Temperature oC

8.12 Fluid Pressure Drop kPa

8.13 Drain Outlet (Ø mm)
9 ELECTRIC HEATING COIL SECTION

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 12 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 DUCTED SPLIT A/C UNITS

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

9.1 Length mm
9.2 Air Pressure Drop Pa
9.3 Configuration
9.4 No. of Stages
9.5 Electrical Power Supply V/Ph/Hz
9.6 Heater Tag No
9.7 Heating Capacity kW
9.8 kW/Stage
9.9 Coil Face Velocity m/s
10 SUPPLY FAN SECTION
10.1 Model No.
10.2 Fan Tag No
10.3 Length mm
10.4 Type
10.5 Discharge
10.6 Speed rpm
10.7 Efficiency %
10.8 Shaft Power kW
10.9 Max. Speed rpm
10.10 External Static Pressure Pa
10.11 Unit Pressure Drop Pa
10.12 Total Pressure (Incl. 25% uplift) Pa
10.13 Bearings
10.14 Make
10.15 Model No
10.16 Type
11 EXPANSION VALVE
11.1 Make
11.2 Model No.
11.3 Type
12 SOLENOID VALVE
12.1 Make
12.2 Model No
12.3 Type
13 INSTRUMENTS PROVIDED
13.1 Casing and General Options
13.1.1 Insulation
13.1.2 Access
13.1.3 Casing Type
13.1.4 Casing Thickness mm

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 13 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 DUCTED SPLIT A/C UNITS

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

13.2 Motor Data – Supply Fan
13.2.1 Motor Tag No
13.2.2 Motor Manufacturer
13.2.3 Motor Model No
13.2.4 Type
13.2.5 Motor Power Input kW
13.2.6 Power Supply V/Ph/Hz
13.2.7 Number of Poles
13.2.8 Maximum Starting Current A
13.2.9 Rated Load Current A

Duct Work

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

DUCT WORK

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number and location
1 DUCT WEIGHTS
1.1 Duct material of Construction
1.2 Duct Gauge
1.3 Sheet Thickness mm
1.4 Maximum duct size mm x mm
1.5 Total weight kg
2 DUCT INSULATION
2.1 Insulation material
2.2 Density kg/m3
2.3 Duct material
3 FIRE DAMPER
3.1 Manufacturer
3.2 Country of Origin

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 14 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 DUCT WORK

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

3.3 Type
3.4 Material of Construction
3.5 Fire rating
3.6 Casing thickness micron
3.7 Blade thickness mm
3.8 Damper opening/closing time
3.9 U.L. certification, Yes/No
4 GRILLES AND DIFFUSERS
4.1 Manufacturer
4.2 Country of Origin
4.3 Material of Construction
4.4 Finish
4.5 Airflow
4.6 Size
4.7 Velocity CFM
4.8 Throw
4.9 Noise level dBA

Package Air Conditioning Units

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

PACKAGE AIR CONDITIONING UNITS

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number
1 GENERAL INFORMATION
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
1.3 Model No.
1.4 Location
1.5 Unit Served
1.6 Unit Type

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 15 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 PACKAGE AIR CONDITIONING UNITS

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Total Cooling Capacity: (Including de-rated
1.7 kW
capacity)
1.8 Sensible Cooling Capacity kW
1.9 Outdoor Ambient Temperature oC DB DB Dry Bulb
1.10 Unit COP
1.11 Heat Rejection Factor
1.12 Operating Weight kg
1.13 Dimensions – LxWxH mm
2 COMPRESSOR
2.1 Manufacturer
2.2 Country of Origin
2.3 Model No
2.4 Type
2.5 Saturated Suction Temp. oC DB
2.6 Saturated Discharge Temp. oC DB
2.7 Suction Pressure Pa
2.8 Discharge Pressure Pa
2.9 No. of Refrigerant Circuits
2.10 No. of Control Steps
2.11 Minimum Step Capacity %
2.12 Type of Control
3 BEARINGS
3.1 Make
3.2 Model No
3.3 Type
4 AIR COOLED CONDENSER
4.1 Coil Model No.
oC DB/
4.2 Entering Air Temperature oC WB
4.3 Material tubes/fins
4.4 Total Air Flow Rate l/s
4.5 No. of Fans
4.6 Fan Speed rpm
4.7 Fan Diameter mm
4.8 Suction line mm
4.9 Liquid line mm
5 ELECTRICAL DATA
5.1 Power Wiring
5.2 Nominal Power Supply V/Ph/Hz
5.3 Compressors Power Input kW
5.4 No. of Electrical Feeders

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 16 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 PACKAGE AIR CONDITIONING UNITS

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

5.5 Voltage Range v
5.6 Fan Power Input kW
5.7 Nominal Power Input kW
5.8 Maximum Unit Power Input kW
5.9 ACCESSORIES
6 EVAPORATOR (SUPPLY) FAN
6.1 Manufacturer
6.2 Country of Origin
6.3 Model No.
6.4 Area Served
6.5 Supply Air Flow Rate m3/s
6.6 Return Air Flow Rate m3/s
6.7 Fresh Air Flow Rate m3/s
6.8 Overall Dimensions – LxWxH mm
6.9 Total Operating Weight kg
7 MIXING BOX SECTION
7.1 Length mm
7.2 Fresh Air Intake Position mm
7.3 Fresh Air Intake Dimensions mm
7.4 Return Air Intake Position mm
7.5 Return Air Intake Dimensions mm
7.6 Air Pressure Drop Pa
8 PRE-FILTER
8.1 Make
8.2 Model
8.3 Quantity
8.4 Length mm
8.5 Type
8.6 Efficiency %
8.7 Mounting
8.8 Pressure Drop (Based on dirty condition) Pa
9 BAG FILTER
9.1 Make
9.2 Model
9.3 Quantity
9.4 Length mm
9.5 Type
9.6 Efficiency %
9.7 Mounting
9.8 Pressure Drop (Based on dirty condition) Pa

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 17 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 PACKAGE AIR CONDITIONING UNITS

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

10 DX COOLING COIL SECTION
10.1 Length mm
10.2 Air Pressure Drop Pa
10.3 Configuration
10.4 No. of Rows
10.5 Fin Spacing mm
10.6 Tube Pitch
10.7 Material
10.8 Total Cooling Capacity kW
10.9 Sensible Cooling Capacity kW
10.10 Coil Face Velocity m/s
10.11 Refrigerant Type
10.12 Saturated Suction Temperature ºC
10.13 Fluid Pressure Drop kPa
10.14 Drain Outlet ø mm
11 ELECTRIC HEATING COIL SECTION
11.1 Length mm
11.2 Air Pressure Drop mm
11.3 Configuration
11.4 No. of Stages
11.5 Electrical Power Supply V/Ph/Hz
11.6 Heating Capacity kW
11.7 kW/Stage
11.8 Coil Face Velocity m/s
12 EXPANSION VALVE
12.1 Make
12.2 Model No.
12.3 Type
13 SOLENOID VALVE
13.1 Make
13.2 Model No
13.3 Type
14 INSTRUMENTS PROVIDED
14.1 Motor Data – Supply Fan
14.1.1 Motor Tag No
14.1.2 Motor Manufacturer
14.1.3 Motor Model No
14.1.4 Type
14.1.5 Motor Power Input kW
14.1.6 Power Supply V/Ph/Hz

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 18 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 PACKAGE AIR CONDITIONING UNITS

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

14.1.7 Number of Poles
14.1.8 Drive Type
14.1.9 Maximum Starting Current A
14.1.10 Rated Load Current A

Ventilation Fans

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

VENTILATION FANS

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number
1 EXHAUST FAN
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
1.3 Model Number
1.4 Location
1.5 Area Served m2
1.6 Dimensions – LxWxH mm
1.7 Weight kg
1.8 Type
1.9 Speed rpm
1.10 Efficiency %
1.11 Power kW
1.12 Max. Speed rpm
1.13 Air Flow m3/s
1.14 External Static Pressure Pa
1.15 Internal Static Pressure Pa
2 ELECTRIC MOTOR
2.1 Motor Manufacturer
2.2 Country of Origin
2.3 Model Number

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 19 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 VENTILATION FANS

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

2.4 Type
2.5 Motor Power Input kW
2.6 Motor Protection Type -
2.7 Electric Power Supply V/Ph/Hz
2.8 Number of Poles
2.9 Maximum Starting Current A
2.10 Rated Load Current A
2.11 Motor Certification
3 BEARINGS
3.1 Model Number
3.2 Type

Fire Protection Foam Systems

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

FIRE PROTECTION FOAM SYSTEMS

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number and location
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
1.3 Model No.
1.4 Local Agent
1.5 Applicable Standards/Codes
1.6 Model Type
FOAM PROPORTIONING PRESSURE
2
TANK
2.1 Manufacturer
2.2 Country of Origin
2.3 Material of construction
2.2 Standard/code applicable

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 20 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 FIRE PROTECTION FOAM SYSTEMS

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

2.5 Tank Capacity
2.6 Type of mounting
2.7 Material of internal bladder
2.8 Material of construction for pipe work
2.9 Material of construction for control valves.
Material of construction for pressure
2.10
operated valves
2.11 Material of construction for fill/Drain valves
2.12 External coating
2.12.1 Material
2.12.2 Dry Film Thickness micron
2.13 Internal Coating
2.13.1 Material
2.13.2 Dry Film Thickness micron
2.14 Maximum Working Pressure bar
2.15 Minimum Working Pressure bar
2.16 Hydro Static Test Pressure bar
2.17 Operating Temperature Range oC

2.18 Approximate Weight kg

2.19 UL/FM listed
3 FOAM PROPORTIONER
3.1 Manufacturer
3.2 Country of Origin
3.3 Material of construction
3.3.1 Body
3.3.2 Improver
3.4 Recommended min. flow rate l/s
3.5 Recommended max. flow rate l/s
3.6 Recommend min. working pressure bar
3.7 Recommend max. working pressure bar
3.8 Pressure loss across unit bar
3.9 Total weight kg
3.10 UL/FM listed
4 AUTOMATIC DELUGE VALVE
4.1 Manufacturer
4.2 Country of Origin
4.3 Flow rate (max) l/min
4.4 Material of construction
4.5 Pneumatic/electrical actuation
4.6 Type of pressure switch

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 21 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 FIRE PROTECTION FOAM SYSTEMS

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

4.7 Size
5 FOAM/WATER SPRINKLER
5.1 Manufacturer
5.2 Material of construction
5.3 Connection
5.4 UL/FM listed
6 BALANCING VALVE
6.1 Manufacturer
6.2 Material of construction
6.3 Pressure gauge fitted
7 FOAM MATERIAL
7.1 Manufacturer
7.2 Foam type
7.3 Applicable code/standards
7.4 Induction rate %
7.5 Expansion
7.6 25% drainage time minutes
7.7 Physical properties
7.7.1 o kg/m3
Specific gravity at 20 C
7.7.2 o
pH at 20 C
7.7.3 Viscosity cSt
o
7.7.4 Freeze point C
o
7.7.5 Minimum use temperature C
7.7.6 Film forming
8 FOAM CONCENTRATE PIPEWORK
8.1 Manufacturer
8.2 Applicable codes/standards
8.3 Dia. & wall thickness mm
8.4 Material of construction

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 22 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 Fire Protection Systems

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number and location
1 GENERAL INFORMATION
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
1.3 Model No. (s)
1.4 Local Agent
1.5 Applicable standards
1.6 No. of. Pumps No.
2 ITEMS INCLUDED ON THE SKID
One (1) electrically driven split case
2.1 centrifugal main fire pump with horizontally
mounted motor.
One (1) diesel driven split case centrifugal
2.2 main fire pump with horizontally mounted
diesel engine.
One (1) electrically driven multistage vertical
2.3
jockey pump with vertically mounted motor.
One (1) suitably sized diaphragm type air
2.4
vessel.
Skid mounted control/starter panel
(controller) for main and jockey pumps
2.5
complete with cabling to auxiliary motors and
instruments.
2.6 Control and instruments.
2.7 All interconnecting piping, fittings and valves.
Accessories for pumps (pressure gauges,
2.8 circulation relief valve, automatic air release
valve, etc.).
2.9 Skid for above equipment
2.10 Rated duty points for main pumps (Q- H) m3/hr- bar
2.11 Rated duty point for jockey pump (Q- H) m3/hr- bar

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 23 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

3 NET POSITIVE SUCTION HEAD
3.1 NPSHr (main/Jockey) m
3.2 NPSHa (main/Jockey) m
4 TEMPERATURE
4.1 Operating oC

4.2 Ambient oC

4.3 Design oC

5 NOZZLES SIZE/RATING
5.1 Suction side (main/jockey) NB (mm)
5.2 Delivery side (main/jockey) NB (mm)
MIN. MOTOR RATING REQUIRED AS PER
6
SPECIFICATIONS
6.1 Rated duty point (main/jockey) kW
7 TESTS
7.1 Motor test at factory
7.2 Combined pump, & motor test at factory
7.3 Site tests
8 OVERALL DIMENSIONS
8.1 dimensions (L x W x H) mm
9 WEIGHT
9.1 Pump (main/jockey) kg
9.2 Motor (main/jockey) kg
9.3 Total package kg

Vertical Turbine Centrifugal Pumps

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

VERTICAL TURBINE CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number according to the P&ID
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 24 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 VERTICAL TURBINE CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

1.2 Country of Origin
2 DESIGN CODE / STANDARDS
3 LIQUID PUMPED
3.1 Fluid
3.2 Temperature: Rated / Minimum / Maximum °C
3.3 Density kg/m3
3.4 Viscosity cSt
3.5 Vapor Pressure bara
3.6 Water Quality
4 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
4.1 Total height of location m.a.s.l.
4.2 Design height m.a.s.l.
4.3 Installation (indoor / outdoor) -
See environmental conditions in
4.4 Humidity (min / max) %/%
Specifications
4.5 Ambient temperature ºC
4.6 Seismic conditions
5 GENERAL INFORMATION
5.1 Location
5.2 Required amount (duty /stand-by) unit / unit
Lead time (including manufacturing and
5.3 week
testing)
5.4 Standards
Deadline for issuance of drawings and
5.5 week
manuals
5.6 Total number of required units unit
6 DUTY
6.1 Type
6.2 Hours per day h
6.3 Days per week day
6.4 Days per year day
6.5 Service life year
7 PERFORMANCE
7.1 Atmospheric Pressure
Available NPSH / Required NPSH at
7.2 m
Maximum Flow
7.3 Rated Pressure: Suction / Discharge bar
7.4 Differential Head: Rated / Shutoff m
7.5 Flow: Rated / Minimum / Maximum m3/h
7.6 Rpm / Rotation (Viewed from Driver)
7.7 efficiency (bowl / pump) %

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 25 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 VERTICAL TURBINE CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

7.8 Suction Specific Speed (sss)
7.9 Submergence, Minimum Required m
7.10 NPSH Required m.w.c.
7.11 NPSH Available m.w.c.
7.12 Head Rise to Shutoff (Bowl / Pump) m.w.c.
Brake Horsepower: At Rated Flow / At
7.13 kW
Maximum Flow
Maximum Allowable Noise Level (Pump and
7.14 dBA @ m
Motor)
8 PUMP CONSTRUCTION
8.1 Mounting Arrangement (Vertical)
8.2 no. of Stages
8.3 Impeller Type
Impeller Diameter: Rated / Minimum /
8.4 mm
Maximum
Maximum Working Pressure / Hydrotest
8.5 barg
Pressure
8.6 Suction:
8.6.1 Column Shaft Size / Column Length mm / mm
8.6.2 Bell Mouth (Conical / Basket)
8.7 Discharge:
8.7.1 Size / Position mm / …
8.7.2 ANSI flange rating / flange facing
8.8 Baseplate
8.9 Bearing Type
8.10 Bearing Lube - Type
8.11 Line Shaft Lubrication Arrangement
8.12 Type Of Sealing
8.13 Drain Connection
8.14 Vent Connection
Automatic recirculation valve (min. Flow
8.15
valve)
8.15.1 Total (Baseplate, Pump, And Driver) kg
8.15.2 Pump / Rotating Element / Motor kg
8.16 Materials / standard number:
8.16.1 Case / Bowl
8.16.2 Shaft / Impeller
8.16.3 Wear Rings: Case / Impeller
8.16.4 Sleeve
8.16.5 Bearing housing
8.17 Electric Motor
8.17.1 Frame

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 26 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 VERTICAL TURBINE CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

8.17.2 Junction box
8.17.3 Copper bar rotor
8.17.4 Air filters
9 COUPLING
9.1 Furnished by / Manufacturer
9.2 Size / Rated BHP @ Rated rpm
9.3 Type / Guard Type
10 TESTING
10.1 Hydrostatic / Performance / Field
11 DRIVER, ACCESSORIES
11.1 Type / Manufacturer
11.2 Drive standard:
11.3 Hazardous area classification:
11.4 Motor Size
11.5 Efficiency %
11.6 Motor Speed rpm
11.7 Rated Power kW
11.8 Rated Current A
11.9 Starting Current Ratio
11.10 Insulation Class
11.11 Motor Enclosure
11.12 IP Rating
Cooling (method of cooling. I.e. Air, oil,
11.13
medium being pumped)
11.14 Cos Phi
11.15 Number of Poles
11.16 Motor Service Factor
11.17 Noise Pressure Level dBa
11.18 Voltage V
11.19 type of polyphase system (Phase No) PH
11.20 Frequency Hz
11.21 Starting Method
12 ANCILLARY
12.1 Pump
12.1.1 Radial & thrust bearings /
12.1.2 Vibration element
12.2 Electric Motor
12.2.1 Radial bearings
12.2.2 RTD's
12.2.3 Space Heater
12.2.4 Surge capacitors

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 27 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 VERTICAL TURBINE CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

13 COATING
13.1 Surface preparation
13.2 First layer - product / thickness μm
13.3 Intermediate layer μm
13.4 Final layer - material / total thickness μm
14 WEIGHTS
14.1 Pump weight kg
14.2 Electric motor weight kg
14.3 Mounting base weight (motor stool) kg
14.4 Total weight kg

Vertical Submersible Pumps for Wells

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

VERTICAL SUBMERSIBLE PUMPS FOR WELLS

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number according to the P&ID
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
2 DESIGN CODE / STANDARDS
3 LIQUID PUMPED
3.1 Fluid
3.2 Temperature: rated / minimum / maximum °C
3.3 Density kg/m3
3.4 Viscosity cSt
3.5 Vapor pressure bara
3.6 Water quality
4 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
4.1 Total height of location m.a.s.l.
4.2 Design height m.a.s.l.

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 28 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 VERTICAL SUBMERSIBLE PUMPS FOR WELLS

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

4.3 Installation (indoor / outdoor)
See environmental conditions in
4.4 Humidity (min / max) %/%
Specifications
4.5 Ambient temperature ºC
4.6 Seismic conditions
5 GENERAL INFORMATION
5.1 Location/Well No. /
5.2 Required amount (duty /stand-by) unit / unit
Lead time (including manufacturing and
5.3 week
testing)
5.4 Standards
Deadline for issuance of drawings and
5.5 week
manuals
5.6 Total number of required units unit
6 DUTY
6.1 Type
6.2 Hours per day hr
6.3 Days per week day
6.4 Days per year day
6.5 Service life year
7 PERFORMANCE
7.1 Atmospheric Pressure
Available NPSH / Required NPSH at
7.2 m
maximum flow
7.3 Rated pressure: bar
7.4 Differential Head: Rated / Shutoff m
7.5 Flow: Rated / Minimum / Maximum m3/h
7.6 rpm / Rotation (Viewed from Driver)
7.7 Efficiency (Bowl / Pump) %
7.8 Specific Speed (SSS)
Maximum allowable submergence depth of
7.9 m
pump
7.10 Submergence, minimum required m
7.11 Minimum well inner diameter mm
7.12 Maximum pump outer diameter mm
7.13 NPSH Required m.w.c.
7.14 NPSH Available m.w.c.
7.15 Head Rise to Shutoff m.w.c.
Brake Horsepower: At Rated Flow / at
7.16 kW
Maximum Flow
Maximum Allowable Noise Level (Pump and
7.17 dBA @ m
Motor)

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 29 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 VERTICAL SUBMERSIBLE PUMPS FOR WELLS

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

8 PUMP CONSTRUCTION
PUMP TYPE (Sectional type casing / multi-
8.1 -
stage bowl type)
8.2 No. of Stages: -
8.3 Pump Bore Diameter mm
8.4 Impeller Type
Impeller Diameter: Rated / Minimum /
8.5 mm
Maximum
Maximum Working Pressure / Hydrotest
8.6 barg
Pressure
8.7 Discharge:
8.7.1 Size / Position mm
8.7.2 ANSI Flange Rating / Flange Facing
8.8 Baseplate
8.9 Bearing Type
8.10 Bearing Lube - Type
8.11 Line shaft Lubrication Arrangement
8.12 Type Of Sealing
8.13 Drain Connection
8.14 Vent Connection
Automatic recirculation valve (min. Flow
8.15
valve)
8.15.1 Total (Baseplate, Pump, And Driver) kg
8.15.2 Pump / Rotating Element / Motor kg
8.16 Materials / Std. number:
8.16.1 Case / Bowl
8.16.2 Shaft / Impeller
8.16.3 Wear Rings: Case / Impeller
8.16.4 Sleeve
8.16.5 Bearing housing
8.17 Electric Motor
8.17.1 Frame
8.17.2 Junction box
8.17.3 Copper bar rotor
8.17.4 Air filters
9 COUPLING
9.1 Furnished by / Manufacturer
9.2 Size / Rated BHP @ Rated RPM
9.3 Type / Guard Type
10 TESTING
10.1 Hydrostatic / Performance / Field

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 30 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 VERTICAL SUBMERSIBLE PUMPS FOR WELLS

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

11 DRIVER, ACCESSORIES
11.1 Type / Manufacturer
11.2 Drive Standard:
11.3 Hazardous Area Classification:
11.4 Motor Size
11.5 Efficiency %
11.6 Motor Speed rpm
11.7 Rated Power kW
11.8 Rated Current A
11.9 Starting Current Ratio
11.10 Insulation Class
11.11 Motor Enclosure / Cooling
11.12 Cos phi
11.13 Number of Poles
11.14 Motor Service Factor
11.15 Noise Pressure Level dBa
11.16 Voltage V
11.17 type of polyphase system (Phase No) PH
11.18 Frequency HZ
11.19 Starting Method
11.20 Lead Wire mm2
12 ANCILLARY
12.1 Pump
12.1.1 Radial & thrust bearings
12.1.2 Vibration equipment
12.2 Electric Motor
12.2.1 Radial bearings
12.2.2 RTD's
12.2.3 Space Heater
12.2.4 Surge capacitors
13 COATING
13.1 Surface preparation
13.2 First layer - product / thickness μm
13.3 Intermediate layer μm
13.4 Final layer - material / total thickness μm
14 WEIGHTS
14.1 Pump weight kg
14.2 Electric motor weight kg
14.3 Mounting base weight kg
14.4 Total weight kg

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 31 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 Submersible Centrifugal Pumps

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

SUBMERSIBLE CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number according to the P&ID
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
2 DESIGN CODE / STANDARDS
3 LIQUID PUMPED
3.1 Fluid
3.2 Temperature: Rated / Minimum / Maximum °C
3.3 Density kg/m3
3.4 Viscosity cSt
3.5 Vapor Pressure bara
3.6 Water Quality
4 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
4.1 Total height of location m.a.s.l.
4.2 Design height m.a.s.l.
4.3 Installation (indoor / outdoor)
See environmental conditions in
4.4 Humidity (min / max) %/%
Specifications
4.5 Ambient temperature ºC
4.6 Seismic conditions
5 GENERAL INFORMATION
5.1 Location
5.2 Required amount (duty /stand-by) unit / unit
Lead time (including manufacturing and
5.3 week
testing)
5.4 Standards
Deadline for issuance of drawings and
5.5 week
manuals
5.6 Total number of required units unit

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 32 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 SUBMERSIBLE CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

6 DUTY
6.1 Type
6.2 Hours per day hr
6.3 Days per week day
6.4 Days per year day
6.5 Service life year
7 PERFORMANCE
7.1 Atmospheric Pressure
Available NPSH / Required NPSH at
7.2 m
Maximum Flow
7.3 Rated pressure bar
7.4 Differential Head: Rated / Shutoff m
7.5 Flow: Rated / Minimum / Maximum m3/hr
7.6 RPM / Rotation (Viewed from Driver)
7.7 Efficiency (Bowl / Pump) %
7.8 Specific Speed (SSS)
Maximum allowable submergence depth of
7.9 m
pump
7.10 Submergence, minimum required m
7.11 NPSH Required m.w.c.
7.12 NPSH Available m.w.c.
7.13 Head Rise TO Shutoff m.w.c.
Brake Horsepower: At Rated Flow / At
7.14 kW
Maximum Flow
Maximum Allowable Noise Level (Pump and
7.15 dBA @ m @
Motor)
8 PUMP CONSTRUCTION
8.1 Pump Type
8.3 Impeller Type
Impeller Diameter: Rated / Minimum /
8.4 mm
Maximum
Maximum Working Pressure / Hydro-test
8.5 barg
Pressure
8.6 Discharge:
8.6.1 Size / Position mm
8.6.2 ANSI Flange Rating / Flange Facing
8.7 Baseplate
8.8 Bearing Type
8.9 Bearing Lube - Type
8.10 Line-shaft Lubrication Arrangement
8.11 Type of Sealing
8.12 Drain Connection

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 33 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 SUBMERSIBLE CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

8.13 Vent Connection
Automatic recirculation valve (min. Flow
8.14
valve)
8.14.1 Total (Baseplate, Pump, And Driver) kg
8.14.2 Pump / Rotating Element / Motor kg
8.15 Materials / Std. Number:
8.15.1 Case
8.15.2 Shaft / Impeller
8.15.3 Wear Rings: Case / Impeller
8.15.4 Sleeve
8.15.5 Bearing housing
8.15.6 Duct foot bend
8.15.7 Guide Wire/Guide Rail
8.15.8 Lifting Chain Material
8.16 Electric Motor
8.16.1 Frame
8.16.2 Junction box
8.16.3 Copper bar rotor
9 COUPLING
9.1 Furnished by / Manufacturer
9.2 Size / Rated BHP @ Rated RPM
9.3 Type / Guard Type
10 TESTING
10.1 Hydrostatic / Performance / Field
11 DRIVER, ACCESSORIES
11.1 Type / Manufacturer
11.2 Drive Standard:
11.3 Hazardous Area Classification:
11.4 Motor Size
11.5 Efficiency %
11.6 Motor Speed rpm
11.7 Rated Power kW
11.8 Rated Current A
11.9 Starting Current Ratio
11.10 Insulation Class
11.11 Motor Enclosure
11.12 IP Rating
Cooling (Method of cooling. i.e. Air, oil,
11.13
medium being pumped)
11.14 Cos phi
11.15 Number OF Poles

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 34 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 SUBMERSIBLE CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

11.16 Motor Service Factor
11.17 Noise Pressure Level dBa
11.18 Voltage V
11.19 type of polyphase system (Phase No) PH
11.20 Frequency Hz
11.21 Starting Method
12 ANCILLARY
12.1 Pump
12.1.1 Radial & thrust bearings
12.1.2 Vibration element
12.2 Electric Motor
12.2.1 Radial bearings
12.2.2 RTD's
12.2.3 Space Heater
12.2.4 Surge capacitors
13 COATING
13.1 Surface preparation
13.2 First layer - product / thickness μm
13.3 Intermediate layer μm
13.4 Final layer - material / total thickness μm
14 WEIGHTS
14.1 Weight of Pump set kg
14.1 Lifting chain SWL kg
14.1 Duct foot bend kg
14.1 Total weight kg

Centrifugal Axial Flow Pump Sets

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 35 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 CENTRIFUGAL AXIAL FLOW PUMP SETS

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number according to the P&ID
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
2 DESIGN CODE / STANDARDS
3 LIQUID PUMPED
3.1 Fluid
3.2 Temperature: Rated / Minimum / Maximum °C
3.3 Density kg/m3
3.4 Viscosity cSt
3.5 Vapor Pressure bara
3.6 Water Quality
4 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
4.1 Total Height of Location m.a.s.l.
4.2 Design Height m.a.s.l.
4.3 Installation (indoor / outdoor)
See environmental conditions in
4.4 Humidity (min / max) %/%
Specifications
4.5 Ambient Temperature ºC
4.6 Seismic Conditions
5 GENERAL INFORMATION
5.1 Location
5.2 Required Amount (duty /stand-by) unit / unit
Lead Time (including manufacturing and
5.3 week
testing)
5.4 Standards
Deadline for Issuance of Drawings and
5.5 week
Manuals
5.6 Total Number of Required Units unit
6 DUTY
6.1 Type
6.2 Hours per day hr
6.3 Days per week day
6.4 Days per year day
6.5 Service life year
7 PERFORMANCE
7.1 Atmospheric Pressure
Available NPSH / Required NPSH at
7.2 m
Maximum Flow
7.3 Rated Pressure: Suction / Discharge bar
7.4 Differential Head: Rated / Shutoff m

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 36 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 CENTRIFUGAL AXIAL FLOW PUMP SETS

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

7.5 Flow: Rated / Minimum / Maximum m3/h
7.6 RPM / Rotation (Viewed from Driver)
7.7 Efficiency %
7.8 Suction specific speed (SSS)
7.9 NPSH Required m.w.c.
7.10 NPSH Available m.w.c.
7.11 Discharge pressure with no flow rate m.w.c.
Brake Horsepower: At Rated Flow / At
7.12 kW
Maximum Flow
Maximum Allowable Noise Level (Pump and
7.13 dBA @ m @
Motor)
8 PUMP CONSTRUCTION
8.1 Mounting Arrangement (Horizontal / Vertical)
8.2 No. of Stages
8.3 Impeller Type
Impeller Diameter: Rated / Minimum /
8.4 mm
Maximum
Maximum Working Pressure / Hydro-test
8.5 barg
Pressure
8.6 Suction:
8.6.1 Size / Position mm/ …
8.6.2 ANSI Flange Rating / Flange Facing
8.7 Discharge:
8.7.1 Size / Position mm/ …
8.7.2 ANSI Flange Rating / Flange Facing
8.8 Baseplate
8.9 Bearing Type
8.10 Bearing Lube - Type
8.11 Type of Sealing
8.12 Drain Connection
8.13 Vent Connection
Automatic recirculation valve (min. Flow
8.14
valve)
8.14.1 Total (Baseplate, Pump, and Driver) kg
8.14.2 Pump / Rotating Element / Motor kg
8.15 Materials / Std. Number:
8.15.1 Case
8.15.2 Shaft / Impeller
8.15.3 Wear Rings: Case / Impeller
8.15.4 Sleeve
8.15.5 Bearing housing
8.16 Electric Motor

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 37 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 CENTRIFUGAL AXIAL FLOW PUMP SETS

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

8.16.1 Frame
8.16.2 Junction box
8.16.3 Copper bar rotor
8.16.4 Air filters
9 COUPLING
9.1 FURNISHED BY / MANUFACTURER
9.2 Size / Rated BHP @ Rated RPM
9.3 TYPE / GUARD TYPE
10 TESTING
10.1 Hydrostatic / Performance / Field
11 DRIVER, ACCESSORIES
11.1 Type / Manufacturer
11.2 Drive standard:
11.3 Hazardous Area Classification:
11.4 Motor Size
11.5 Efficiency %
11.6 Motor Speed rpm
11.7 Rated Power kW
11.8 Rated Current A
11.9 Starting Current Ratio
11.10 Insulation Class
11.11 Motor Enclosure
11.12 IP Rating
Cooling (Method of Cooling. i.e. Air, Oil,
11.13
Medium Being Pumped)
11.14 COS Phi
11.15 Number of Poles
11.16 Motor Service Factor
11.17 Noise Pressure Level dBa
11.18 Voltage V
11.19 type of polyphase system (Phase No) PH
11.20 Frequency Hz
11.21 Starting Method
12 ANCILLARY
12.1 Pump
12.1.1 Radial & thrust bearings
12.1.2 Vibration element
12.2 Electric Motor
12.2.1 Radial bearings
12.2.2 RTD's
12.2.3 Space Heater

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 38 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 CENTRIFUGAL AXIAL FLOW PUMP SETS

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

12.2.4 Surge capacitors
13 COATING
13.1 Surface preparation
13.2 First layer - product / thickness μm
13.3 Intermediate layer μm
13.4 Final layer - material / total thickness μm
14 WEIGHTS
14.1 Pump weight kg
14.1 Electric motor weight kg
14.1 Mounting base weight kg
14.1 Total weight kg

Progressive Cavity Pumps

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

PROGRESSIVE CAVITY PUMPS

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number according to the P&ID
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
2 DESIGN CODE
3 LIQUID PUMPED
3.1 Fluid
3.2 Temperature: Rated / Minimum / Maximum °C
3.3 Density kg/m3
3.4 Viscosity cSt
3.5 Vapor Pressure bara
3.6 Water Quality
4 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
4.1 Total height of location m.a.s.l.

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 39 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 PROGRESSIVE CAVITY PUMPS

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

4.2 Design height m.a.s.l.
4.3 Installation (indoor / outdoor)
4.4 Humidity (min / max) %/%
4.5 Ambient temperature ºC
4.6 Seismic conditions
5 GENERAL INFORMATION
5.1 Location
5.2 Required amount (duty /stand-by) unit / unit
Lead time (including manufacturing and
5.3 week
testing)
5.4 Standards
Deadline for issuance of drawings and
5.5 week
manuals
5.6 Total number of required units unit
6 DUTY
6.1 Type
6.2 Hours per Day h
6.3 Days per Week day
6.4 Days per Year day
6.5 Service Life year
7 MAIN CHARACTERISTICS
7.1 Fluid Temperature
7.2 Dryness
7.3 Speed rpm
7.4 Flow m3/h
7.5 Pump Pressure bar
7.6 Maximum Pump Pressure bar
7.7 Absorbed Power kW
7.8 Absorbed power Maximum pressure kW
7.9 Breakaway torque Nm
7.10 Operating torque Nm
7.11 Performance %
7.12 Solids to pass mm
7.13 Motor power kW
7.14 Suction connection
7.15 Pressure port
8 MATERIALS
8.1 Pump head
8.2 Hopper
8.3 Rotor
8.4 Stator

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 40 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 PROGRESSIVE CAVITY PUMPS

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

8.5 Connecting Rod
8.6 Drive Shaft
8.7 Mechanical Seal Type
9 DRIVER, ACCESSORIES
9.1 Type / Manufacturer
9.2 Drive Standard:
9.3 Hazardous Area Classification:
9.4 Motor Size
9.5 Efficiency %
9.6 Motor Speed rpm
9.7 Rated Power kW
9.8 Rated Current A
9.9 Starting Current Ratio
9.10 Insulation Class
9.11 Motor Enclosure
9.12 IP Rating
9.13 Cooling
9.14 COS Phi
9.15 Number OF Poles
9.16 Motor Service Factor
9.17 Noise Pressure Level dBa
9.18 Voltage V
9.19 type of polyphase system (Phase No) PH
9.20 Frequency Hz
9.21 Starting Method -
10 WEIGHTS & DIMENSIONS
10.1 Weight of pump set kg
10.2 Motor weight kg
10.3 Total weight kg

Drain Sump Pumps-Submersible Non-Clog Pumps

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 41 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 DRAIN SUMP PUMPS-SUBMERSIBLE NON-CLOG PUMP

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number according to the P&ID
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
2 DESIGN CODE / STANDARDS
3 LIQUID PUMPED
3.1 Fluid
3.2 Temperature: Rated / Minimum / Maximum °C
3.3 Density kg/m3
3.4 Viscosity cSt
3.5 Vapor Pressure bara
3.6 Water Quality
4 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
4.1 Total height of location m.a.s.l.
4.2 Design height m.a.s.l.
4.3 Installation (indoor / outdoor)
See environmental conditions in
4.4 Humidity (min / max) %/%
Specifications
4.5 Ambient temperature ºC
4.6 Seismic conditions
5 GENERAL INFORMATION
5.1 Location
5.2 Required amount (duty /stand-by) unit / unit
Lead time (including manufacturing and
5.3 week
testing)
5.4 Standards
Deadline for issuance of drawings and
5.5 week
manuals
5.6 Total number of required units unit
6 DUTY
6.1 Type
6.2 Hours per day hrs
6.3 Days per week day
6.4 Days per year day
6.5 Service life year
7 EQUIPMENT
7.1 Pump Type
7.2 Plant drain pump station
7.3 Number of pumps

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 42 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 DRAIN SUMP PUMPS-SUBMERSIBLE NON-CLOG PUMP

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

7.4 Design conditions m3/hr
7.5 Maximum shutoff condition m3/hr
7.6 Pump configuration:
7.7 Submersible wet pit
7.8 Maximum pump speed rpm
7.9 Nameplate driver horsepower HP
7.10 Drive type
7.11 Minimum solids passage mm
7.12 Discharge m
7.13 Motor requirements
7.14 Service factor
7.15 Ambient conditions
7.16 Wastewater maximum temperature ºC
7.17 Air maximum temperature ºC
8 MATERIALS
8.1 Pump case
8.2 Motor housing
8.3 Impeller
8.4 Shaft
8.5 Wear rings
8.6 O-rings
8.7 Fasteners
8.8 Guide rails
8.9 Lifting chains and cables
8.10 Lower ring seal
8.11 Upper ring seal
8.12 Seal metal parts
9 COMPONENTS
9.1 Impeller
9.2 Shaft
9.3 Seal shaft
9.4 Bearings
9.5 Motors
9.6 Power and Control Cables
9.7 Temperature Monitor
9.8 Coatings
9.9 Moisture Sensor
9.10 Wet Pit Applications
9.11 Control Panel
10 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 43 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 DRAIN SUMP PUMPS-SUBMERSIBLE NON-CLOG PUMP

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

10.1 Duck foot bend
10.2 Lifting chains and cables
10.3 Guide rail
10.4 Sump strainer
10.5 Pedestal mounting
10.6 Float switch test pushbuttons
11 TESTING
11.1 Hydrostatic / Performance / Field
12 WEIGHTS
12.1 Drain/Sump Pump Sets kg

Hoist, Trolley and Monorail

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

HOIST, TROLLEY AND MONORAIL

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
1.3 Type
1.4 Location of installation unit
1.5 Brand
1.6 Model
Lead time (including manufacturing and
1.7 week
testing)
1.8 Standards
Deadline for issuance of drawings
1.9 week
and manuals

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 44 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 HOIST, TROLLEY AND MONORAIL

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

1.10 Total number of required units unit
2 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
2.1 Total height of location m.a.s.l.
2.2 Design height m.a.s.l.
2.3 Installation (indoor / outdoor) /
See environmental conditions in
2.4 Humidity (min / max) %/%
Specifications
2.5 Ambient temperature ºC
2.6 Seismic conditions
3 MANUFACTURES UNITS
3.1 Trolley
3.1.1 Motor-driven (speed)
3.1.2 Plain trolleys
3.2 Hoist
3.2.1 Electric wire rope hoists
3.2.2 Motor brake
3.2.3 Voltage of AC or DC power supply and
3.2.4 Phase and frequency of AC power supply
3.2.5 Rated amperage
3.3 Monorails
3.3.1 Canopy Monorail
3.3.2 Design track to support hoist capacity
3.3.3 Brace track to prevent sideways movement
3.3.4 Provide end stops at all track ends
3.3.5 Track Splices
3.4 Portable Davit Crane
3.4.1 Number of cranes to be provided
3.4.2 Capacity
3.4.3 Winch
3.4.4 Wire rope
3.4.5 Crane construction
4 ACCESSORIES
4.1 Trolley stops design
4.2 Electrification and Controls
4.2.1 Festoon tagline system
4.2.2 Cable reel system
4.3 Controls
4.3.1 Primary control provided by radio control
4.3.2 Pendant pushbutton control stations
4.3.3 Single station

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 45 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 HOIST, TROLLEY AND MONORAIL

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

4.3.4 Suspend control stations from trolleys
4.3.5 Suspend control station from support frames
4.3.6 Ground control station to hoist
4.4 Switches
5 MATERIALS of CONSTRUCTION
5.1 Hoist
5.2 Trolley
5.3 Monorail
6 SPECIFICATION
6.1 Loading ton
6.2 Hoist Type (Motorized / wire rope) -
6.3 Trolley Type (Motorized) -
6.4 Hook height m
6.5 Lifting height m
6.6 Operating speed hoist / trolley fpm
7 OVERALL DIMENSIONS and WEIGHTS
7.1 Hook Height m
7.2 Lift Height m
7.3 Ultimate Load-Carrying Capacity (weight) Kg-Ton
7.4 Total Trolley Capacity

Electrical Overhead Crane

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

ELECTRICAL OVERHEAD CRANE

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number
1 GENERAL INFORMATION
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
1.3 Type

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 46 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 ELECTRICAL OVERHEAD CRANE

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

1.4 Location of installation
1.5 Brand
1.6 Model
Lead time (including manufacturing and
1.7 week
testing)
1.8 Standards
Deadline for issuance of drawings and
1.9 week
manuals
1.10 Total number of required units unit
2 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
2.1 Total height of location m.a.s.l.
2.2 Design height m.a.s.l.
2.3 Installation (indoor / outdoor) -
See environmental conditions in
2.4 Humidity (min / max) %/%
Specifications
2.5 Ambient temperature ºC
2.6 Seismic conditions
3 CONSTRUCTION
3.1 Capacity Ton
3.2 Operation
3.3 Span m
3.4 Rail length m
3.5 General floor level m
3.6 Rail level m
3.7 Minimum lifting height m
Clear distance between top of crane and
3.8 m
ceiling
Clear distance between bottom of crane and
3.9 m
floor
3.10 Crane trolley traveling distance m
3.11 Crane bridge traveling distance m
3.12 Hoist effective lifting height m
3.13 Hoist speed fast/slow m/min
3.14 Trolley speed fast/slow m/min
3.15 Bridge speed fast/slow m/min
3.16 Auxiliary hoist
4 MOTOR DRIVE
4.1 Motor
4.2 Type
4.3 Rated Voltage
4.4 Rated frequency
4.5 Phase

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 47 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 ELECTRICAL OVERHEAD CRANE

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

5 ELECTRICAL
5.1 Lighting
5.2 Electronic motor space heaters
5.3 Electrical controls
6 MATERIALS
6.1 Bridge Crane
6.2 Hoist
6.3 Hook
6.4 Trolley
7 OVERALL DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS
7.1 Grinder kg
7.2 Trolley kg

Chemical Pumps

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

CHEMICAL PUMPS

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number according to the P&ID
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
2 DESIGN CODE/STANDARD
3 LIQUID PUMPED
3.1 Fluid
3.2 Temperature: Rated / Minimum / Maximum °C
3.3 Density kg/m3
3.4 Viscosity cSt
3.5 Vapor Pressure bara
4 ENVIROMENTAL CONDITIONS
4.1 Total Height of Location m.a.s.l.
4.2 Design Height m.a.s.l.

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 48 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 CHEMICAL PUMPS

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

4.3 Installation (indoor / outdoor)
4.4 Humidity (min / max) %/%
4.5 Ambient temperature ºC
4.6 Seismic conditions
5 GENERAL INFORMATION
5.1 Equipment name
5.2 Type
5.3 Required amount (duty /stand-by) unit / unit
Lead time (including manufacturing and
5.4 week
testing)
Deadline for issuance of drawings and
5.5 week
manuals
6 DUTY
6.1 Type
6.2 Hours per day h
6.3 Days per week day
6.4 Days per year day
6.5 Service life year
7 MAIN CHARACTERISTICS
7.1 Chemical metering skids
7.1.1 Pump skid
7. 1. 1. 1 Skid Number
7. 1. 1. 2 Number of Pumps
7. 1. 1. 3 Type of Pumps
7. 1. 1. 4 Controller
7. 1. 1. 5 Stroke Length
7. 1. 1. 6 Stroke Rate
7. 1. 1. 7 Pump Capacity based on simplex liquid end l/h
7. 1. 1. 8 Pump Pressure bar
7. 1. 1. 9 Rated Power kw
7. 1. 1.10 Chemical Type
7. 1. 1.11 Chemical concentration %
7. 1. 1.12 Piping Material
7. 1. 1.13 Isolation Type Valves
7. 1. 1.14 Skid Piping Output unit
7. 1. 1.15 Injection Points unit
7.1.2 Piping system
7. 1. 2. 1 Pressure relief valve unit
7. 1. 2. 2 Pulsation dampener unit
7. 1. 2. 3 Diaphragm protected pressure gauge unit
7. 1. 2. 4 Back-pressure valve unit

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 49 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 CHEMICAL PUMPS

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

7. 1. 2. 5 Flushing inlet unit
7. 1. 2. 6 Flushing outlet unit
7.2 Chemical metering pumps:
7.2.1 Hydraulically actuated diaphragm pumps
Positive displacement hydraulically actuated
7.2.2
(type)
7.2.3 Diaphragm capacity
7.2.4 Pump feed rates
7.2.5 Manually actuated hydraulic purge valve
7.2.6 Non-vented gearbox
8 MATERIALS
8.1 Pump housing (coated)
8.2 Diaphragm
8.3 Wet ends
8.4 Valves
8.5 Valve gaskets
9 ACCESSORIES
9.1 Calibration Chambers
9.2 Pulsation Dampeners
9.3 Pressure Relief Valves
9.4 Pressure Gauge Assembly
9.5 Back Pressure Valves
9.6 Vented Ball Valves
9.7 Vented Ball Valves
9.8 Inlet Strainer
10 WEIGHTS & DIMENSIONS
10.1 Pump weight kg
10.2 Electric Motor weight kg
10.3 Mounting base weight kg
10.4 Total weight kg

Fiberglass Tank for Chemical Storage and Dosing

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 50 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 FIBERGLASS TANK FOR CHEMICAL STORAGE AND DOSING

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number according to the P&ID
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
2 DESIGN CODE/STANDARD
3 LIQUID
3.1 Medium
3.2 Concentration %
3.3 Temperature: Rated / Minimum / Maximum °C
3.4 Density kg/m3
3.5 Viscosity cSt
3.6 Vapor Pressure bara
4 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
4.1 Total height of location m.a.s.l.
4.2 Design height m.a.s.l.
4.3 Installation (indoor / outdoor)
4.4 Humidity (min / max) %
4.5 Ambient temperature ºC
4.6 Seismic conditions
5 GENERAL INFORMATION
5.1 Equipment name
5.2 Type
5.3 Required number of tanks
Lead time (including manufacturing and
5.4 week
testing)
Deadline for issuance of drawings and
5.5 week
manuals
6 PERFORMANCE DATA
6.1 Number of Tanks
6.2 Mounting of Tank
6.3 Diameter m
6.4 Height m
6.5 Total Volume m3
6.6 Operating Volume m3
6.7 Design Pressure barg
6.8 Design temperature ºC
6.9 Wind Velocity km/h
7 MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION
7.1 Tank
7.2 Access man way with walkway

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 51 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 FIBERGLASS TANK FOR CHEMICAL STORAGE AND DOSING

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

7.3 Supports
7.4 Fixing materials
7.5 Hand rails
7.6 Platforms
7.7 Ladder cage
8 ACCESSORIES
8.1 Fiberglass tanks
8.1.1 Lifting lugs on top of tank
8.1.2 Nozzles sized m
The ultrasonic level element/transmitter
8.1.3
mounting nozzle
8.1.4 Ladder
8.1.5 Vent with insect screen
8.1.6 Lifting Lugs
8.2 Diameter of the standard washer mm
8.3 Diameter nozzles
8.3.1 Service mm
8.3.2 Outlet mm
8.3.3 Inlet mm
8.3.4 Overflow mm
8.3.5 Drain mm
8.3.6 Level Gauge mm
8.3.7 Level Switch mm
8.3.8 Vent mm
8.3.9 Manhole mm
8.4 Flange faces flat (+/-) mm
9 TESTS
9.1 Check the installation
9.2 Hydrostatic (Tested by filling with full Tank)
9.3 Dimension test
9.4 Workshop tests
10 WEIGHTS & OVERALL DIMENSIONS
10.1 Diameter mm
10.2 Height mm
10.3 Total weight (Dry) kg
10.4 Total weight (Operating) kg
10.5 Wall thickness mm

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 52 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 HDPE Tank for Chemical Storage and Dosing

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

HDPE TANK FOR CHEMICAL STORAGE AND DOSING

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number according to the P&ID
1 MANUFACTURER / MODEL
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
2 DESIGN CODE/STANDARD
3 LIQUID
3.1 Medium
3.2 Concentration %
3.3 Temperature: Rated / Minimum / Maximum °C
3.4 Density kg/m3
3.5 Viscosity cSt
3.6 Vapor Pressure bara
4 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
4.1 Total height of location m.a.s.l.
4.2 Design height m.a.s.l.
4.3 Installation (indoor / outdoor)
4.4 Humidity (min / max) %/%
4.5 Ambient temperature ºC
4.6 Seismic conditions
5 GENERAL INFORMATION
5.1 Equipment name
5.2 Type
5.3 Required number of tanks
Lead time (including manufacturing and
5.4 week
testing)
Deadline for issuance of drawings and
5.5 week
manuals
6 PERFORMANCE DATA
6.1 Number of Tanks
6.2 Mounting of Tank
6.3 Diameter m

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 53 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 HDPE TANK FOR CHEMICAL STORAGE AND DOSING

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

6.4 Height m
6.5 Total Volume m3
6.6 Operating Volume m3
6.7 Design Pressure barg
6.8 Design temperature ºC
6.9 Wind Velocity km/h
7 MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION
7.1 Tank
7.2 Access man way with walkway
7.3 Supports
7.4 Fixing materials
7.5 Hand rails
7.6 Platforms
7.7 Ladder cage
8 ACCESSORIES
8.1 HDPE tanks
8.1.1 Lifting lugs on top of tank
8.1.2 Nozzles sized m
The ultrasonic level element/transmitter
8.1.3
mounting nozzle
8.1.4 Ladder
8.1.5 Vent with insect screen
8.1.6 Lifting Lugs
8.2 Diameter of the standard washer mm
8.3 Diameter nozzles
8.3.1 Service mm
8.3.2 Outlet mm
8.3.3 Inlet mm
8.3.4 Overflow mm
8.3.5 Drain mm
8.3.6 Level Gauge mm
8.3.7 Level Switch mm
8.3.8 Vent mm
8.3.9 Manhole mm
8.4 Flange faces flat (+/-) mm
9 TESTS
9.1 Check the installation
9.2 Hydrostatic (Tested by filling with full Tank)
9.3 Dimension test
9.4 Workshop tests

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 54 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 HDPE TANK FOR CHEMICAL STORAGE AND DOSING

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

10 WEIGHTS & OVERALL DIMENSIONS
10.1 Diameter mm
10.2 Height mm
10.3 Total weight (Dry) kg
10.4 Total weight (Operating) kg
10.5 Wall thickness mm

Butterfly Valves

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

BUTTERFLY VALVES

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number according to the P&ID
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
1.3 Local Agent Details
2 DESIGN OF THE VALVE
2.1 Type of construction / design
2.2 Standards
3 LIQUID
3.1 Fluid Description
3.2 Temperature: Rated / Minimum / Maximum °C
3.3 Density kg/m3
3.4 Viscosity cSt
3.5 Vapor Pressure bara
See Water Analysis in
3.6 Water Quality
Specifications
4 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
4.1 Total height of location m.a.s.l.
4.2 Design height m.a.s.l.

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 55 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 BUTTERFLY VALVES

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

4.3 Installation (indoor / outdoor)
4.4 Humidity (min / max) %
See environmental conditions in
4.5 Ambient temperature ºC
Specifications
4.6 Seismic conditions
5 VALVE OPERATION DATA
5.1 Location
5.2 Working pressure bar
5.3 Test pressure bar
5.4 Operating Temperature ºC
5.5 Design Temperature ºC
6 DESIGN / CONSTRUCTION
6.1 Nominal diameter mm
6.2 Pressure class
6.3 Facing / connection
6.6 Flow Medium
6.7 Sealing system
7 PERFORMANCE DATA
7.1 Loss coefficient in fully open position
8 MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION
8.1 Valve Body
8.2 Trim (disc)
8.3 Facing of Trim
8.4 Seat
8.5 Stem
8.6 Bolts
8.7 Nuts
8.8 Internal lining μm
8.9 External coating μm
9 OPERATION
9.1 Valve Actuator
9.2 Actuator Type
9.3 Manual
10 ACTUATOR
10.1 General
10.1.1 Type
10.1.2 Brand / model
10.1.3 Protection IP / NEMA
10.1.4 Closing time s
10.1.5 Torque required @ max. dif. Pressure N.m
10.1.6 Maximum torque in outlet N.m

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 56 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 BUTTERFLY VALVES

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

10.1.7 Safety factor
10.1.8 Position in case of anomaly
10.1.9 Motor Power kW
10.1.1 Power Supply
10.2 Position Switches
10.2.1 Number of switches (OPENED / CLOSED)
11 INSTRUMENTATION
11.1 Position Indicator
11.2 Position Transmitter
11.3 Limit Switch
12 OVERALL DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS
12.1 Face to face dimension (Length) mm
12.2 Width mm
12.3 Height mm
12.4 Weight (valve empty) kg
12.5 Weight (valve filled) kg

Check valves

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

CHECK VALVES

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number according to the P&ID
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
2 DESIGN OF THE VALVE
2.1 Type of construction / design
2.2 Standards
3 LIQUID
3.1 Fluid Description

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 57 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 CHECK VALVES

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

3.2 Temperature: Rated / Minimum / Maximum °C / /
3.3 Density kg/m3
3.4 Viscosity cSt
3.5 Vapor Pressure bara
See Water Analysis in
3.6 Water Quality
Specifications
4 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
4.1 Total height of location m.a.s.l.
4.2 Design height m.a.s.l.
4.3 Installation (indoor / outdoor) /
See environmental conditions in
4.4 Humidity (min / max) %/%
Specifications
4.5 Ambient temperature ºC
4.6 Seismic conditions
5 VALVE OPERATION DATA
5.1 Location
5.2 Working Pressure bar /
5.3 Test Pressure bar
5.4 Operating Temperature ºC
5.5 Design Temperature ºC
6 DESIGN / CONSTRUCTION
6.1 Nominal diameter mm
6.2 Pressure class
6.3 Facing / connection
6.6 Flow Medium
6.7 Sealing system
7 PERFORMANCE DATA
7.1 Loss coefficient in fully open position
8 MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION
8.1 Valve Body
8.2 Trim (disc, piston)
8.3 Seats (seat ring)
8.4 Stem
8.5 Bolts
8.6 Nuts
8.7 Internal lining μm
8.8 External coating μm
9 OPERATION
9.1 Hydraulic damper / Counterweight
10 OVERALL DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS
10.1 Face to face dimension (Length) mm

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 58 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 CHECK VALVES

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

10.2 Width mm
10.3 Height mm
10.4 Weight (valve empty) kg
10.5 Weight (valve filled) kg

Gate Valves

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

GATE VALVES

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number according to the P&ID
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
2 DESIGN OF THE VALVE
2.1 Type of construction / design
2.2 Standards
3 LIQUID
3.1 Fluid Description
Temperature: rated /
3.2 °C / /
Minimum / maximum
3.3 Density kg/m3
3.4 Viscosity cSt
3.5 Vapor Pressure bara
See Water Analysis in
3.6 Water Quality
Specifications
4 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
4.1 Total height of location m.a.s.l.
4.2 Design height m.a.s.l.
4.3 Installation (indoor / outdoor) /
See environmental conditions in
4.4 Humidity (min / max) %/%
Specifications

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 59 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 GATE VALVES

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

4.5 Ambient temperature ºC
4.6 Seismic conditions
5 VALVE OPERATION DATA
5.1 Location
5.2 Working pressure bar /
5.3 Test pressure bar
5.4 Operating Temperature ºC
5.5 Design Temperature ºC
6 DESIGN / CONSTRUCTION
6.1 Nominal diameter mm
6.2 Pressure class
6.3 Facing / connection
6.6 Flow Medium
6.7 Sealing system
7 PERFORMANCE DATA
7.1 Loss coefficient in fully open position
8 MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION
8.1 Valve Body
8.2 Trim (gate)
8.3 Facing of Trim
8.4 Seat
8.5 Stem/Shaft
8.6 Bolts
8.7 Nuts
8.8 Internal lining μm
8.9 External coating μm
9 OPERATION
9.1 Valve Actuator
9.2 Actuator Type
9.3 Manual
10 ACTUATOR
10.1 General
10.1.1 Type
10.1.2 Brand / model
10.1.3 Protection IP / NEMA
10.1.4 Closing time s
10.1.5 Torque required @ max. dif. Pressure N.m
10.1.6 Maximum torque in outlet N.m
10.1.7 Safety factor
10.1.8 Position in case of anomaly

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 60 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 GATE VALVES

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

10.1.9 Motor Power kW
10.1.10 Power Supply
10.2 Position Switches
10.2.1 Number of switches (OPENED / CLOSED)
11 INSTRUMENTATION
11.1 Position indicator
11.2 Position transmitter
11.3 Limit switch
12 OVERALL DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS
12.1 Face to face dimension (Length) mm
12.2 Width mm
12.3 Height mm
12.4 Weight (valve empty) kg
12.5 Weight (valve filled) kg

Ball valves

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

BALL VALVES

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number according to the P&ID
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
2 DESIGN OF THE VALVE
2.1 Type of construction / design
2.2 Standards
3 LIQUID
3.1 Medium
Temperature: rated /
3.2 °C / /
Minimum / maximum

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 61 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 BALL VALVES

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

3.3 Density kg/m3
3.4 Viscosity cSt
3.5 Vapor Pressure bara
See Water Analysis in
3.6 Water Quality
Specifications
4 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
4.1 Total height of location m.a.s.l.
4.2 Design height m.a.s.l.
4.3 Installation (indoor / outdoor) /
See environmental conditions in
4.4 Humidity (min / max) %/%
Specifications
4.5 Average temperature ºC
4.6 Seismic conditions
5 VALVE OPERATION DATA
5.1 Location
5.2 Working pressure bar /
5.3 Test pressure bar
5.4 Operating Temperature ºC
5.5 Design Temperature ºC
6 DESIGN / CONSTRUCTION
6.1 Nominal diameter mm
6.2 Pressure class
6.3 Facing / connection
6.4 Full bore / reduced bore
6.5 Body type
6.6 Flow Medium
6.7 Sealing system
7 PERFORMANCE DATA
7.1 Loss coefficient in fully open position
8 MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION
8.1 Valve Body
8.2 Ball
8.3 Stem / trim
8.4 Sealing (ball / seat ring)
8.5 Bolts
8.6 Nuts
8.7 Internal lining μm
8.8 External coating μm
9 OPERATION
9.1 Valve Actuator
9.2 Actuator Type

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 62 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 BALL VALVES

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

9.3 Manual
10 ACTUATOR
10.1 General
10.1.1 Type
10.1.2 Brand / model
10.1.3 Protection IP / NEMA
10.1.4 Closing time sec
10.1.5 Torque required @ max. dif. Pressure N.m
10.1.6 Maximum torque in outlet N.m
10.1.7 Safety Factor
10.1.8 Position in Case of Anomaly
10.1.9 Motor Power kW
10.1.10 Power Supply
10.2 Position Switches
10.1.1 Number of switches (Opened / Closed)
11 INSTRUMENTATION
11.1 Position Indicator
11.2 Position Transmitter
11.3 Limit Switch
12 Overall Dimensions and Weights
12.1 Face to face dimension (Length) mm
12.2 Width mm
12.3 Height mm
12.4 Weight (valve empty) kg
12.5 Weight (valve filled) kg

Automatic Vent Valves

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 63 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 AUTOMATIC VENT VALVES

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number according to the P&ID
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
2 DESIGN OF THE VALVE
2.1 Type of construction / design
2.2 Standards
3 LIQUID
3.1 Medium
3.2 Temperature: Rated / Minimum / Maximum °C / /
3.3 Density kg/m3
3.4 Viscosity cSt
3.5 Vapor Pressure bara
See Water Analysis in
3.6 Water Quality
Specifications
4 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
4.1 Total height of location m.a.s.l.
4.2 Design height m.a.s.l.
4.3 Installation (indoor / outdoor) /
See environmental conditions in
4.4 Humidity (min / max) %
Specifications
4.5 Ambient temperature ºC
4.6 Seismic conditions
5 VALVE OPERATION DATA
5.1 Location
5.2 Working pressure bar /
5.3 Test pressure bar
5.4 Operating Temperature ºC
5.5 Design Temperature ºC
6 DESIGN / CONSTRUCTION
6.1 Nominal diameter mm
6.2 Pressure class
6.3 Facing / connection
6.4 Full bore / reduced bore
6.5 Body type
6.6 Flow Medium
6.7 Sealing system
7 PERFORMANCE DATA
7.1 Performance curve for air release capacity
7.2 Performance curve for air inlet capacity

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 64 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 AUTOMATIC VENT VALVES

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

8 MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION
8.1 Valve Body
8.2 Valve Cover
8.3 Float(s)
8.4 Shafts(s)
8.5 Gasket, seat ring
8.6 Bolts
8.7 Nuts
8.8 Internal lining μm
8.9 External coating μm
9 OPERATION
9.1 Automatic
10 OVERALL DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS
10.1 Face to face dimension (Length) mm
10.2 Width mm
10.3 Height mm
10.4 Weight (valve empty) kg
10.5 Weight (valve filled) kg

Pressure Relief Valves

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number according to the P&ID
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
2 DESIGN OF THE VALVE
2.1 Type of construction / design

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 65 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

2.2 Standards
3 LIQUID
3.1 Medium
Temperature: rated /
3.2 °C / /
Minimum / maximum
3.3 Density kg/m3
3.4 Viscosity cSt
3.5 Vapor Pressure bara
See Water Analysis in
3.6 Water Quality
Specifications
4 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
4.1 Total height of location m.a.s.l.
4.2 Design height m.a.s.l.
4.3 Installation (indoor / outdoor) /
See environmental conditions in
4.4 Humidity (min / max) %/%
Specifications
4.5 Ambient temperature ºC
4.6 Seismic conditions
5 VALVE OPERATION DATA
5.1 Location
5.2 Working pressure bar /
5.3 Test pressure bar
5.4 Operating Temperature ºC
5.5 Design Temperature ºC
6 DESIGN / DESIGN DATA
6.1 Nominal diameter of relief valves inch
6.2 Pressure class
6.3 Pressure relieving
6.4 Automatic operation by means of pilot
Maximum relief flow (of the whole pressure
6.5
relief system)
6.6 Maximum flow rate relieved by one valve
6.7 Set Pressure
6.8 Maximum overpressure above set pressure
6.9 Max. opening time to design capacity
6.10 Facing / connection
6.11 Face to face dimension
7 MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION
7.1 Body
7.2 Stem
7.3 Shut off element (Trim / Core)

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 66 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

7.4 Seat
7.5 Tube
7.6 Internal lining μm
7.7 External coating μm
8 WEIGHT
8.1 Weight of valve kg

Control Valves

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

CONTROL VALVES

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number according to the P&ID
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
2 DESIGN OF THE VALVE
2.1 Type of construction / design
2.2 Standards
3 LIQUID
3.1 Medium
3.2 Temperature: rated / Minimum / maximum °C / /
3.3 Density kg/m3
3.4 Viscosity cSt
3.5 Vapor Pressure bara
See Water Analysis in
3.6 Water Quality
Specifications
4 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
4.1 Total height of location m.a.s.l.
4.2 Design height m.a.s.l.

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 67 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 CONTROL VALVES

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

4.3 Installation (indoor / outdoor) /
See environmental conditions in
4.4 Humidity (min / max) %/%
Specifications
4.5 Average temperature ºC
4.6 Seismic conditions
5 DESIGN DATA
5.1 Location
5.2 Number of control valves (duty + standby) No.
5.3 Minimum design service life years
5.4 Nominal size of control valves mm
5.5 Design pressure
5.6 Design Temperature
5.7 Facing / connection
5.8 TAG NO.
6 CONTROL CONDITIONS
6.1 Inlet pressure
6.2 Outlet pressure
6.3 Total flow rate for control valve group
6.4 No. of valves in operation
6.5 Flow rate for one control valve m³/h
6.6 Valve capacity coefficient - CV
6.7 Travel of trim %
6.8 Sound pressure level dB(A)
6.9 Maximum losses in open position m
7 TRIM
7.1 Flow coefficient - CV
7.2 Valve critical flow factor - FL
7.3 Coefficient for incipient cavitation - XF
8 MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION
8.1 Valve body
8.2 Trim / Disk
8.3 Seats
8.4 Stem
8.6 Bolts
8.7 Nuts
8.8 Internal lining μm
8.9 External coating μm
9 OPERATION
9.1 Valve Actuator
9.2 Actuator Type

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 68 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 CONTROL VALVES

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

10 ACTUATOR
10.1 Actuator type
10.2 Project Specification
10.3 Manufacturer
10.4 Fail safe position
10.5 Auxiliary Power source V/Hz
10.6 Power demand kW
10.7 Input signal range for full travel mA
10.8 Output signal range for full travel mA
10.9 Control / Signal voltage V
11 OVERALL DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS
11.1 Face to face dimension (Length) mm
11.2 Width mm
11.3 Height mm
11.4 Weight (valve empty) kg
11.5 Weight (valve filled) kg

Air Compressor Package

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

AIR COMPRESSOR PACKAGE

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number according to the P&ID
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
2 DESIGN CODE / STANDARDS
3 FLUID
3.1 Gas
3.2 Density kg/m3

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 69 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 AIR COMPRESSOR PACKAGE

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

4 GENERAL INFORMATION
4.1 Equipment name
4.2 Type of compressor
4.3 Required amount (duty /stand-by) unit / unit
4.4 Brand
4.5 Model
Lead time (including manufacturing and
4.6 week
testing)
4.7 Standards
Deadline for issuance of drawings and
4.8 week
manuals
4.9 Total number of required units unit
5 DUTY
5.1 Type
5.2 Hours per day hrs
5.3 Days per week day
5.4 Days per year day
5.5 Service life year
6 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
6.1 Total height of location m.a.s.l.
6.2 Design height m.a.s.l.
6.3 Installation (indoor / outdoor)
See environmental conditions in
6.4 Humidity (min / max) %/%
technical specification
6.5 Ambient temperature ºC
6.6 Seismic conditions
7 MATERIALS
7.1 Body material
7.2 Cylinder head
7.3 Base
7.4 Shaft
7.5 Pipe material
8 EQUIPMENT
8.1 Design condition Nm3/hr
8.2 Nominal flow rate per unit Nm3/hr
8.3 No. of stages No.
8.4 Inlet pressure bar
8.5 Differential pressure barg
8.6 Design inlet air temperature ºC
8.7 Discharge air temperature ºC
8.8 Compressor rotation speed rpm

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 70 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 AIR COMPRESSOR PACKAGE

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

8.9 Buffer Vessel Capacity m3
8.10 Drive Motor
8.11 Absorbed Power / Motor Rating kW
8.12 Inlet/Discharge Flange mm
8.13 Noise levels dBA
9 ACCESSORIES
Air compressors set complete with drive and
9.1
other accessories/ auxiliaries
9.2 Air Buffer Vessels
9.3 Pressure/Vacuum Gages
9.4 Moisture Separator
9.5 Compressed air filter
9.6 Oil Pressure Indicator
9.7 Silencer
9.8 Anti-vibration mountings
9.9 Pressure relief valve
9.10 Acoustic enclosure
9.11 All interconnecting piping, fittings & valves
9.12 Controls & Instruments
Starter/Control Panel & Cabling to auxiliary
9.13
motors and instruments
9.14 Skid for above equipment
10 COATING
10.1 External Coating
10.2 External Coating
11 TESTS
11.1 Package string test at Manufacturer’s works
11.2 Die Test
12 WEIGHTS & DIMENSIONS
12.1 Compressors kg
12.2 Buffer Vessels (each)
12.3 Motor weight kg
12.4 Complete Skid kg
12.5 Overall dimensions (LxWxH) of package m

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 71 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 Surge Vessels

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

SURGE VESSELS

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number according to the P&ID
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
1.3 Type
1.4 Codes and standards
1.5 Location of Installation
Lead time (including manufacturing and
1.6 week
testing)
Deadline for issuance of drawings and
1.7 week
manuals
1.8 Surge Vessel Quantity (Duty + Standby) unit/unit
2 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
2.1 Total height of location m.a.s.l.
2.2 Design height m.a.s.l.
2.3 Installation (indoor / outdoor) /
See environmental conditions in
2.4 Humidity (min / max) %/%
Specifications
2.5 Ambient temperature ºC
2.6 Seismic conditions
3 LIQUID
3.1 Medium
Temperature: rated /
3.2 °C / /
Minimum / maximum
3.3 Density kg/m3
3.4 Viscosity cSt
3.5 Vapor Pressure bara
See Water Analysis in
3.6 Water Quality
Specifications
4 SURGE TANK OPERATION DATA
4.1 Flow Medium
4.2 Medium Analysis

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 72 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 SURGE VESSELS

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

4.3 Liquid Density at Maximum Operating Temp. kg/m3
4.4 Max./Min. Operating Temperature of Water
4.5 Air Charging
4.6 Total Volume (per vessel) m3
4.7 Corresponding Pressure to Air Volume barg
4.8 Nominal pressure barg
4.9 Pressure Rating
4.10 Diameter pipe connection mm
5 MECHANICAL DESIGN DATA
5.1 Design Pressure barg
5.2 Design Temperature (max, min) °C
5.3 Earthquake Factor
5.4 Seismic Acceleration
5.5 Design Wind Velocity km/h
Type of Heads
5.6
(hemispherical/tori spherical/elliptical)
5.7 Post Heat Weld Treatment
5.8 Weld Joint Factor
5.9 Arrangement
5.10 Type of Support
Materials of Construction (Shell / Head,
Nozzles, Dished Ends, Flanges, Manhole
5.11 Cover, Bearing Pads, Reinforcement Rings,
Pipe / Flange, Supports, Externals welded/
bolted)
5.12 Safety Relief Valve, Overpressure
5.13 Minimum Wall thickness of Shell mm
5.14 Minimum Wall thickness of Head mm
6 MATERIALS
6.1 Body
6.2 Support legs
6.3 Filling valve with air injector
6.4 Purge valve / safety
6.5 Screws (studs, nuts)
6.6 Bolts
6.7 Nuts
6.8 Handle
7 ACCESSORIES
7.1 Staircase with handrails.
7.2 Manhole.
7.3 Purge valve / safety.

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 73 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 SURGE VESSELS

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

7.4 Level indicator.
7.5 Manometer.
7.6 Lifting ears.
Support 4 Legs with mounting holes with
7.7
bolts.
8 COATING
8.1 Internal lining μm
8.2 External coating μm
9 TESTS
9.1 Testing of welds
9.2 Testing of sealing
9.3 Hydrostatic Testing
10 OVERALL DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS
10.1 Diameter mm
10.2 Length mm
10.3 Weight (empty) kg
10.4 Weight (with complete water filling) kg

Chlorinators

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

CHLORINATORS

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number according to the P&ID
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
2 DESIGN CODE/STANDARD
3 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
3.1 Total height of location m.a.s.l.
3.2 Design height m.a.s.l.
3.3 Installation (indoor / outdoor)

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 74 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 CHLORINATORS

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

3.4 Humidity (min / max) %/%
3.5 Ambient temperature ºC
3.6 Seismic conditions
4 GENERAL INFORMATION
4.1 Equipment name
4.2 Type
4.3 Required amount (duty /stand-by) unit / unit
Lead time (including manufacturing and
4.4 week
testing)
Deadline for issuance of drawings and
4.5 week
manuals
5 DESIGN
5.1 Capacity kg/hr
5.2 Range
5.3 Accuracy %
5.4 Mounting
5.5 Operation
5.6 Power Supply Volts/Ph/Hz
6 PRODUCT
6.1 Pressure Reducing Valve
6.1.1 Manufacturer
6.1.2 Type
6.1.3 Size mm
6.1.4 Material of Construction
6.2 Vacuum Relief Valve
6.2.1 Manufacturer
6.2.2 Type
6.2.3 Size mm
6.2.4 Material of Construction
6.3 Bypass Control Valve
6.3.1 Manufacturer
6.3.2 Type
6.3.3 Size mm
6.3.4 Material of Construction
6.4 Electrical Requirements Volts/W
6.5 Vacuum Regulators
6.5.1 Manufacturer
6.5.2 Type
6.6 Chlorine Gas Heaters
6.6.1 Manufacturer
6.6.2 Type

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 75 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 CHLORINATORS

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

6.6.3 Capacity Kg/hr
Volts
6.6.4 Power supply
Ph/Hz
6.6.5 Power requirements W
6.7 Ejector
6.7.1 Type
6.7.2 Material of Construction
6.7.3 Integral/remote mounting
6.7.4 Pressure differential required bar
6.7.5 Capacity l/sec
6.8 Injection Fitting
6.8.1 Type
6.8.2 Material of Construction
7 WEIGHTS & DIMENSIONS
7.1 Dimensions of Cabinet (L x W x D) mm
7.2 Total Weight kg

Chlorine Gas Detection System

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

CHLORINE GAS DETECTION SYSTEM

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number according to the P&ID
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
2 DESIGN CODE/STANDARD
3 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
3.1 Total height of location m.a.s.l.
3.2 Design height m.a.s.l.
3.3 Installation (indoor / outdoor)

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 76 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 CHLORINE GAS DETECTION SYSTEM

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

3.4 Humidity (min / max) %
3.5 Ambient temperature ºC
3.6 Seismic conditions
4 GENERAL INFORMATION
4.1 Equipment name
4.2 Type
4.3 Required amount (duty /stand-by) unit / unit
Lead time (including manufacturing and
4.4 week
testing)
Deadline for issuance of drawings and
4.5 week
manuals
5 DESIGN/PRODUCT
5.1 Capacity kg/hr
5.2 Range ppm
5.3 Material (body)
5.4 Mounting
5.5 Enclosure Protection Class
5.6 Detecting Cell
5.7 Cell Life Months
5.8 Display
5.9 Accuracy Drift %
5.10 Battery back-up (Yes/No)
5.11 Duration of battery back-up hr
5.12 Sensitivity ppm
5.13 Voltage V
5.14 type of polyphase system (Phase No) PH
5.15 Frequency Hz
6 WEIGHTS & DIMENSIONS
6.1 Dimensions
6.1.1 Transmitter/indicator unit mm
6.1.2 Measuring cell mm
6.2 Weight
6.2.1 Transmitter/indicator unit kg
6.2.2 Measuring cell kg

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 77 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 Chlorine Gas Neutralization

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

CHLORINE GAS NEUTRALIZATION

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number according to the P&ID
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
2 DESIGN CODE/STANDARD
3 ENVIROMENTAL CONDITIONS
3.1 Total height of location m.a.s.l.
3.2 Design height m.a.s.l.
3.3 Installation (indoor / outdoor)
3.4 Humidity (min / max) %/%
3.5 Ambient temperature ºC
3.6 Seismic conditions
4 GENERAL INFORMATION
4.1 Equipment name
4.2 Type
4.3 Required amount (duty /stand-by) unit /unit
Lead time (including manufacturing and
4.4 week
testing)
Deadline for issuance of drawings and
4.5 week
manuals
5 DESIGN/PRODUCT
5.1 Neutralising agent tank
5.1.1 Volume m3
5.1.2 Material of Construction
5.1.3 Accessories fitted
5.2 Dosing pumps
5.2.1 Manufacturer
5.2.2 Type
5.2.3 Model
5.2.4 Rated flow
5.2.5 Discharge head

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 78 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 CHLORINE GAS NEUTRALIZATION

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

5.2.6 Motor rating kW
5.3 Scrubber tower
5.3.1 Material of construction
5.3.2 Total Height mm
5.3.3 Diameter mm
5.3.4 Packing height
5.3.5 Pressure drop in scrubber tower mbar
5.3.6 Chlorine concentration at outlet of scrubber ppm
5.4 Extract fans
5.4.1 Manufacturer
5.4.2 Model
5.4.3 Type
5.4.4 Number of fans
5.4.5 Ventilation requirement
5.4.6 Output of fan (each) m3/hr
5.4.7 External static pressure Pa
5.4.8 Material of construction
5.4.9 Motor rating kW
6 ACCESSORIES
6.1 Mist eliminator
6.2 Gas level switch
6.3 Gas level transmitter
6.4 Duct work
6.5 Flushing system
6.6 High-efficiency PVC mist collector
6.7 Flowmeter / rotameter
6.8 Overflow pipe with drain ball valve
6.9 Level display and control
6.10 Temperature display
6.11 Pressure gauges
High chlorine concentration on scrubber
6.12
discharge
6.13 Instrument & Control panels
7 TESTS
7.1 Factory testing
7.2 Site testing
8 WEIGHTS & DIMENSIONS
8.1 Overall dimensions (L x W x H) mm
8.2 Total Weight kg

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 79 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 Chlorine Residual Analyzer

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

CHLORINE RESIDUAL ANALYZER

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number according to the P&ID
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
2 DESIGN CODE/STANDARD
3 ENVIROMENTAL CONDITIONS
3.1 Total height of location m.a.s.l.
3.2 Design height m.a.s.l.
3.3 Installation (indoor / outdoor)
3.4 Humidity (min / max) %
3.5 Ambient temperature ºC
3.6 Seismic conditions
4 GENERAL INFORMATION
4.1 Equipment name
4.2 Type
4.3 Required amount (duty /stand-by) unit / unit
Lead time (including manufacturing and
4.4 week
testing)
Deadline for issuance of drawings and
4.5 week
manuals
5 DESIGN/PRODUCT
5.1 Chlorine Residual Cell
5.1.1 Type
5.1.2 Model
5.1.3 Buffer pack
5.1.4 Sensitivity mg/l
5.1.5 Sample supply source
5.1.6 Sample flow cc/minute
5.1.7 Speed of response Seconds
5.1.8 Electrodes (number & material)

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 80 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 CHLORINE RESIDUAL ANALYZER

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

5.1.9 Operating Temperature Range ºC
5.1.10 Temperature Compensation
5.1.11 Power supply V/ph/Hz
5.2 Indicator/Transmitter
5.2.1 Model
5.2.2 Enclosure protection class
5.2.3 Power supply V/ph/Hz
5.2.4 Display
5.2.5 Scale range mg/l
5.2.6 Output signal
5.2.7 Alarm contacts
5.2.8 Accuracy %
5.2.9 Mounting
5.2.10 Operating temperature range ºC
5.3 Chlorine Residual Controller
5.3.1 Model
5.3.2 Mounting
5.3.3 Display
5.3.4 Range mg/l
5.3.5 Power supply V/ph/Hz
5.3.6 Print out
5.3.7 I/O Signals
5.3.8 Accuracy %
5.3.9 Operating temperature range ºC
6 TESTS
6.1 Factory testing
7 WEIGHTS & DIMENSIONS
7.1 Chlorine Residual Cell
7.1.1 Overall dimensions (L x W x H) mm
7.1.2 Total Weight kg
7.2 Indicator/Transmitter
7.2.1 Overall dimensions (L x W x H) mm
7.2.2 Total Weight kg
7.3 Chlorine Residual Controller
7.3.1 Overall dimensions (L x W x H) mm
7.3.2 Total Weight kg

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 81 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 Hypochlorination System

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

HYPOCHLORINATION SYSTEM

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number according to the P&ID
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
2 DESIGN CODE/STANDARD
3 ENVIROMENTAL CONDITIONS
3.1 Total height of location m.a.s.l.
3.2 Design height m.a.s.l.
3.3 Installation (indoor / outdoor)
3.4 Humidity (min / max) %
3.5 Ambient temperature ºC
3.6 Seismic conditions
4 GENERAL INFORMATION
4.1 Equipment name
4.2 Type
4.3 Required amount (duty /stand-by) unit / unit
Lead time (including manufacturing and
4.4 week
testing)
Deadline for issuance of drawings and
4.5 week
manuals
5 DESIGN/PRODUCT
5.1 Electrolysers
5.1.1 Type
5.1.2 Model
5.1.3 No of electrolysers
5.1.4 Chlorine Production per Electrolyser kg/h
5.1.5 Total Chlorine Production kg/h
5.1.6 Produced Hypochlorite Concentration mg/l
5.1.7 Enclosure Protection
5.1.8 Material Construction
5.2 Transformer Rectifier

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 82 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 HYPOCHLORINATION SYSTEM

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

5.2.1 Model
5.2.2 No. of Units No
5.2.3 Inputs
5.2.4 Enclosure protection class
5.2.5 Cooling
5.2.6 Design Temperature ºC
5.2.7 Output Volts/Amps
5.2.8 Mounting
6 TESTS
6.1 Factory testing
6.2 Hydro-test barg
7 WEIGHTS & DIMENSIONS
7.1 Overall dimensions (L x W x H) mm
7.2 Total Weight kg

Ozone Generator

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

OZONE GENERATOR

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number according to the P&ID
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
2 DESIGN CODE/STANDARD
3 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
3.1 Total height of location m.a.s.l.
3.2 Design height m.a.s.l.
3.3 Installation (indoor / outdoor)
3.4 Humidity (min / max) %

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 83 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 OZONE GENERATOR

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

3.5 Ambient temperature ºC
3.6 Seismic conditions
4 GENERAL INFORMATION
4.1 Equipment name
4.2 Type
4.3 Required amount (duty /stand-by) unit / unit
Lead time (including manufacturing and
4.4 week
testing)
Deadline for issuance of drawings and
4.5 week
manuals
5 OPERATING CONDITION (PER UNIT)
5.1 Ozone production required kg/hr
5.2 Ozone Concentration required g/Nm3
5.3 Gas flow required Nm4/h
5.4 Ozone production installed kg/hr
5.5 Ozone Concentration installed g/Nm3
5.6 Gas flow installed Nm3/h
5.7 System Flow Rate Nm3/h
6 FEEDGAS AIR COMPRESSOR
6.1 Feed Gas
6.2 Number
6.3 Type
6.4 Feed Gas Flow Nm3/h
6.5 Pressure barg
6.6 Temperature at outlet ºC
6.7 Consumption kW
6.8 Air storage tank
7 FEEDGAS AIR DRYER
7.1 Number of air dryer (refrigeration)
7.2 Number of air dryer (membrane/adsorption)
7.3 Temperature at the Inlet ºC
7.4 Dewpoint (refrigeration) ºC
7.5 Dewpoint (membrane/adsorption) ºC
7.6 Pressure barg
7.7 Consumption (refrigeration) kW
8 FEEDGAS DEWPOINT METER
8.1 Number
8.2 Measurement range ºC
8.3 Pressure range barg
8.4 Accuracy PR d(-40 ºC) ºC
8.5 Out signal mA

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 84 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 OZONE GENERATOR

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

8.6 Protection rating
9 OZONE GENERATOR
9.1 Number
9.2 Type
9.3 Model No.
9.4 Feed gas
9.5 Ozone Production kgO3/h
9.6 Ozone Concentration g/m3
9.7 Gas Flow Nm3/h
9.8 Cooling water flow (Internal circuit) m3/h
9.9 Cooling water temperature (Inlet) ºC
9.10 Cooling water temperature rise ΔT ºC
9.11 Cooling water flow (external circuit) m3/h
9.12 Cooling water temperature (outlet) ºC
9.13 Cooling water temperature rise ΔT ºC
9.14 Consumption kWh/kg
9.15 Enclosure Protection
10 COOLING WATER SYSTEM
10.1 Type
10.2 Number of cooling water systems
10.3 Fluid
10.4 Density kg/m3
10.5 Thermal conductivity W/(mOK)
10.6 Viscosity average mPa x s
10.7 Cooling water flow m3/h
10.8 Inlet temperature ºC
10.9 Outlet temperature ºC
10.10 Consumption kW
10.11 Water Filter mesh micron
11 CONTROL DEVICES, OZONE ANALYZER
11.1 Number
11.2 Type
11.3 Model
11.4 Measurement range g/m3
11.5 Output signal mA
11.6 Maximum ozone level at the outlet ppm
11.7 Power Supply V/PH/Hz
11.8 Heater consumption kW
11.9 Protection rating
SAFETY & SENSORS, Residual OZONE
12
GAS IN AMBIANT

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 85 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 OZONE GENERATOR

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

12.1 GAS master central
12.2 Oxygen Concentration sensors (Installed)
Ambient Ozone Concentration sensors
12.3
(Installed)
12.4 Type
12.5 Model
12.6 Output signal mA
12.7 Measurement range 03 ppm
12.8 Measurement range 02 %
12.9 Loud signalling devices
12.10 Optical signalling devices
12.11 Un-dissolved Ozone Destruct
12.12 Cooling Water Flow Sensor
12.13 Temperature Sensor
13 OZONE DESTRUCTION SYSTEM
13.1 Number of ozone destructors
13.2 Type
13.3 Model
13.4 Flow at nominal production Nm3/hr
13.5 Maximum allowable flow Nm3/hr
13.6 Maximum level of ozone at the Inlet wt%
13.7 Maximum level of ozone at the outlet ppm
13.8 Power consumption KW
13.9 Power Supply V/PH/Hz
13.10 Control type
13.11 Demister
14 POWER CONSUMPTION
14.1 Air compressor kW
14.2 Air Dryer kW
14.3 Ozone generator kWh/kg
14.4 Cooling Water Pump kW
14.5 Ozone destructor kW
14.6 Various (analysers, etc.) kW
15 WEIGHTS & DIMENSIONS
15.1 Dimensions - L x W x H (reactor) m
15.2 Dry weight kg
15.3 Operating weight kg

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 86 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 UV Disinfection System

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

UV DISINFECTION SYSTEM

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number according to the P&ID
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
1.3 Design Code/Standard
2 ENVIROMENTAL CONDITIONS
2.1 Total height of location m.a.s.l.
2.2 Design height m.a.s.l.
2.3 Installation (indoor / outdoor)
2.4 Humidity (min / max) %
2.5 Ambient temperature ºC
2.6 Seismic conditions
3 GENERAL INFORMATION
3.1 Equipment name
3.2 Type
3.3 Required amount (duty /stand-by) unit / unit
Lead time (including manufacturing and
3.4 week
testing)
Deadline for issuance of drawings and
3.5 week
manuals
4 LIQUID
4.1 Medium
Temperature: rated /
4.2 °C / /
Minimum / maximum
4.3 Density kg/m3
4.4 Viscosity cSt
4.5 Vapor Pressure bara (absolute bar)
See Water Analysis in
4.6 Water Quality
Specifications
5 DESGIN PARAMETERS
5.1 Number of UV-Channels
5.2 Flange connection

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 87 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 UV DISINFECTION SYSTEM

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

5.3 UV banks / each UV-Channel
5.4 Total number of UV banks
5.5 Installation concept
5.6 Daily Average Flow m3/day
5.7 Hourly Peak Water Flow (Design flow total) m3/hr
5.8 Hourly Peak Water Flows /each vessel m3/hr
5.9 UV transmission (UVT%) %
5.10 Operating pressure, static barg
5.11 Water temperature range °C
5.12 Electrical power supply V/ph/hz
5.13 Enclosure Rating -
6 EQUIPMENT CHARACTERISTICS
6.1 System Type -
6.2 Type of UV lamps -
6.3 Lamp Length mm
6.4 Lamp Diameter mm
6.5 Wavelength nm
6.6 Lamp arrangement: -
6.7 Max. lamp power consumption per UV-Bank kW
6.8 Total installed power kW
6.9 Guaranteed Lamp Lifetime hr
6.10 Required channel length m
6.11 Required channel width m
6.12 Max. water depth m
6.13 Required channel height m
6.14 Enclosure rating -
6.15 Dose pacing system type -
6.16 Inlet baffle plate dimensions (WxH) m
Light tight covering of the channel type
6.17 m
dimensions (WxL)
6.18 Mechanical Cleaning System
6.19 Chemical cleaning system
7 MATERIAL
7.1 Lamp Sleeves
7.2 UV-module racks
7.3 Wiping System Frame Material(s)
7.4 Wiping Ring Material
7.5 Cleaning chemical(s)
7.6 Inlet Baffle Plate Material
7.7 Downward opening penstock frame

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 88 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 UV DISINFECTION SYSTEM

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

7.8 Wetted parts
8 TESTS
8.1 Factory testing
8.2 Hydro-test barg
9 WEIGHTS & DIMENSIONS
9.1 Dimensions L x W x H m
9.2 Dry weight kg
9.3 Wet weight kg

Air Blower

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

Air Blower

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number according to the P&ID
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
2 DESIGN CODE / STANDARDS
3 FLUID
3. 1 Gas
3. 2 Density kg/m3
4 GENERAL INFORMATION
4.1 Equipment name
4.2 Type
4.3 Required amount (duty /stand-by) unit / unit
4.4 Brand
4.5 Model
Lead time (including manufacturing and
4.6 week
testing)
4.7 Standards

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 89 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 Air Blower

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Deadline for issuance of drawings and
4.8 week
manuals
4.9 Total number of required units unit
5 DUTY
5.1 Type
5.2 Hours per day hrs
5.3 Days per week day
5.4 Days per year day
5.5 Service life year
6 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
6.1 Total height of location m.a.s.l.
6.2 Design height m.a.s.l.
6.3 Installation (indoor / outdoor)
See environmental conditions in
6.4 Humidity (min / max) %
technical specification
6.5 Ambient temperature ºC
6.6 Seismic conditions
7 MATERIALS
7.1 Impellers
7.2 Blower Casing
7.3 Base
7.4 Shaft
7.5 Bearing Housing
7.6 Timing gears
8 EQUIPMENT
8.1 Design condition Nm3/hr
8.2 Nominal flow rate per unit Nm3/hr
8.3 Air suction position (Horizontal / vertically)
Discharge line position (Horizontal /
8.4
vertically)
8.5 Inlet pressure mbar
8.6 Discharge pressure mbar
8.7 Differential pressure mbar
8.8 Design inlet air temperature ºC
8.9 Discharge air temperature ºC
8.10 Blower rotation speed
8.11 Bearing life time hrs
8.14 Blower operation
8.16 Drive type
8.17 Drive Motor
8.15 Motor Power kW

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 90 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 Air Blower

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

8.19 Inlet/Discharge Flange mm
9 ACCESSORIES
9.1 Intake and Discharge Silencers:
9.1.1 Noise levels dBA
9.1.2 Materials and Fabrication. Body
9.1.3 Materials and Fabrication. Packing
9.1.4 Materials and Fabrication. Retainer shell
9.1.5 Materials and Fabrication. Flanges
9.2 Inlet Filters
9.2.1 Filter elements (Washable and reusable)
9.2.2 Materials and Fabrication. Body
9.2.3 Materials and Fabrication. Filter element
9.2.4 Mechanical coupled end connections
9.2.5 Bolt holes
9.2.6 Provide weather hoods for outdoor service
9.2.7 Provide vacuum breaker
9.3 Butterfly Valves
9.3.1 Valve type
9.3.2 Discharge isolation
9.3.3 Manual handwheel operator
9.3.4 Flanges
9.4 Flexible Connectors
9.4.1 Spool-type (air temperature and pressure) ºC/bar
9.4.2 Discharge connection
9.4.3 Flanged at both ends
9.4.4 Drill to standard
9.4.5 Fit with control unit to limit axial movement
9.5 Relief Valves
9.5.1 High capacity
9.5.2 Discharging total %
9.5.3 Discharge mm
9.5.4 Pressure
9.6 Temp Gage
9.7 Check Valves
9.7.1 Maximum service pressure bar
9.7.2 Flange
9.7.3 Materials Body
9.7.4 Materials Plates
9.7.5 Materials Spring
9.7.6 Materials Seal

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 91 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 Air Blower

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

9.8 Pressure/Vacuum Gages
9.9 Sound Enclosures
9.9.1 One per blower
9.9.2 Material. Body and hinged access panel
9.9.3 Material. Frame
9.9.4 Material. Hinges
9.9.5 Material. Insulation type and thickness
9.9.6 Sound enclosure acoustic material
Cooling fan (heat removal from the sound
9.9.7
enclosure)
9.10 Hinged panels
10 BLOWER CONTROL PANELS
10.1 Local Control Panel
10.1.1 IP rating rated, MCP type breaker
10.1.2 Enclosure door-mounted
Control power transformer for supplying
10.1.3
control voltage
10.1.4 Dry output contacts for Blower Run
10.1.5 Factory mounted and pre-wired
10.1.6 Emergency stop local push button station
10.2 All Blower Control Panels
10.2.1 Materials - enclosures
10.2.2 Panel face-mounted components
Discharge air pressure gauge with discharge
10.2.2.1
air pressure alarm pilot light.
10.2.2.2 Ambient air temperature gauge with alarm
pilot light.
10.2.2.3 Inlet filter differential pressure gauge with
differential pressure alarm pilot light.
10.2.2.4 Discharge air temperature gauge with
discharge air temperature alarm pilot light.
10.2.2.5 Oil temperature gauge with oil temperature
alarm pilot light.
10.2.2.6 Alarm reset pushbutton.
10.2.2.7 Include any additional alarm conditions as
recommended by blower manufacturer.
10.2.2.8 Interior light.
10.2.2.9 Drawing pocket.
10.2.2.10 Drip shield.
11 WEIGHTS & DIMENSIONS
11.1 Overall Dimensions (L x W x H) mm
11.2 Blower weight kg

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 92 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 Air Blower

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

11.3 Motor weight kg
11.4 Blower control panel weight kg
11.5 Total weight kg

Screens

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

SCREENS

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number according to the P&ID
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
2 DESIGN CODE / STANDARDS
2.1 Code / Standards
3 WATER DATA
3.1 Fluid
3.2 Temperature °C
3.3 Density kg/m3
3.4 Viscosity cSt
3.5 Vapor Pressure bara
See water conditions in
3.6 Water Quality
technical specification
4 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
4.1 Total height of location m.a.s.l.
4.2 Design height m.a.s.l.
4.3 Installation (indoor / outdoor)
See environmental conditions in
4.4 Humidity (min / max) %
Specifications
4.5 Ambient temperature ºC

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 93 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 SCREENS

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

4.6 Seismic conditions
5 HYDRAULIC DATA
5.1 Screen Capacity - Each m3/s
5.2 Screen Chamber Width mm
5.3 Approach Channel Velocity m/s
5.4 Velocity through Screen m/s
Maximum Permissible Head loss through
5.5 mm
screen
6 SCREENS DESIGN DATA
6.1 No of Screens
6.2 Type of Screen
6.3 Screen Channel Depth mm
6.4 Screen Channel Depth mm
Water Depth through screen at maximum
6.5 mm
flow
6.6 Height of screen above coping level mm
6.7 Screening trough width mm
6.8 Screening trough depth mm
6.9 Wash water quantity required l/min
6.10 Wash water pressure at jet pipe bar
7 RAKE BAR SCREEN
7.1 Number of Screens
Screen Type (Straight, rotary or semi-
7.2
circular)
7.3 Model number
7.4 Rake Material /
7.5 No. of rakes
7.6 Chain Material
7.7 No. of Bars
7.8 Bar Material
7.9 Cross sectional area of bars mm2
7.10 Spacing of bars mm
7.11 Raking mechanism actuation type
7.12 Screen frame material
7.13 Screen covers material
PERFORATED PLATE BRUSHED
8
SCREENS
8.1 Number of Screens
8.2 Model number
8.3 Screenings panel material
8.4 Panel Size (Length x Breadth) mm2

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 94 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 SCREENS

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

8.5 Hole Size / Spacing mm
8.6 Panel fixings material
8.7 Material of sealing panels to frame /
8.8 Material of Rotating Brushes
8.9 Screen covers material
9 SCREENING CONVEYOR
9.1 Number of compactors
9.2 Model number
9.3 Conveyor loading m3/h
9.4 Conveyor loading weight kg/m
9.5 Conveyor speed m/min
9.6 Conveyor length mm
9.7 Trough Width mm
9.8 Distance from discharge hopper to the floor mm
9.9 Troughing idler roller diameter mm
9.10 Idler pitch selected for the duty mm
9.11 Idler pitch at the feed position mm
9.12 Return roller pitch mm
9.13 Rubber protection guiding mm
9.14 Height of a pull wire mm
9.15 Space pull wire guide rings mm
10 SCREW COMPACTOR
10.1 Number of compactors
10.2 Model number
10.3 Reduction in volume of screenings %
10.4 Reduction in moisture content %
10.5 Screw Diameter mm
10.6 Solid screw shaft diameter mm
10.7 Screw Blade thickness mm

10.8 Material of Construction of Screw

10.9 Material of Construction of Compactor

10.10 Gearbox type
10.11 Hopper size (Length x Width) mm2
Hopper and outlet tube material of
10.12
construction
10.13 Friction tube material of construction
10.14 Friction tube diameter mm
10.15 Height of discharge point from floor m
11 DRIVE MOTOR DETAILS

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 95 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 SCREENS

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

11.1 Type of Geared Motor
11.2 Material of construction
11.3 Class of Insulation
11.4 Type of enclosure
11.5 Rated Power kW
11.6 Speed rpm
11.7 Voltage Volts
11.8 Frequency (cycle/sec) Hz
12 TEST CERTIFICATES
12.1 Factory testing
12.2 Site testing

Hydraulic Gate

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

HYDRAULIC GATE

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number according to the P&ID
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
2 DESIGN CODE / STANDARDS
2.1 Code / Standards
3 WATER DATA
3.1 Fluid
3.2 Temperature: Rated / Minimum / Maximum °C
3.3 Density kg/m3
3.4 Viscosity cSt
3.5 Vapor Pressure bara
See water analysis in technical
3.6 Water Quality
specification
4 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 96 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 HYDRAULIC GATE

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

4.1 Total height of location m.a.s.l.
4.2 Design height m.a.s.l.
4.3 Installation (indoor / outdoor) /
See environmental conditions in
4.4 Humidity (min / max) %
Specifications
4.5 Ambient temperature ºC
4.6 Seismic conditions
5 SLUICE GATE DESIGN DATA
5.1 Operating floor elevation m.a.s.l.
5.2 Invert to operating floor level m.a.s.l.
5.3 Channel or wall mounted
5.4 Wall / channel opening width mm
5.5 Wall / channel opening depth mm
5.6 Normally closed / normally opened NC / NO
Direction of the fluid (bidirectional /
5.7
unidirectional)
5.8 Leakage rate l / min /m
5.9 Spindle configuration (rising/non-rising)
Type of actuator (Manual
5.10
handwheel/Motorized)
Handwheel closing direction (clockwise or
5.11
anticlockwise)
5.12 Direction of closing marked on handwheel Y/N
5.13 Required hand operating force Kgf
5.14 Design Temperature ºC
Working pressure (on and off seating
5.15
direction)
Renewable and adjustable pressure seals
5.16
fitted
5.17 Extension spindles fitted
6 MATERIALS
6.1 Frame material
6.2 Material of Penstock spindle
6.3 Slide
6.4 Guides
6.5 Seal
6.6 Seal retainer
6.7 Bottom seal
6.8 Bottom seal retainer
6.9 Stem
6.10 Stem nut
6.11 Yoke

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 97 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 HYDRAULIC GATE

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

6.12 Stem protector
6.13 Hardware
6.14 Sluice Gate Spindle
6.15 Spindle protection tube
6.16 Extension spindle
7 TESTS
7.1 Pressure test
7.2 Hydrostatic test
7.3 Workshop tests
8 COATING
8.1 Surface preparation
8.2 Internal coating
8.3 External coating
9 WEIGHTS & DIMENSIONS
9.1 Gate weight kg
9.2 Nominal clear opening size (width x depth) mm
Overall penstock frame dimensions (width x
9.3 mm
height)

Gravity Belt Thickener, Drum Thickener and Picket Fence

Thickener

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

GRAVITY BELT THICKENER, DRUM THICKENER AND PICKET FENCE THICKENER

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number according to the P&ID
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
2 DESIGN CODE / STANDARDS
2.1 Code / Standards
3 WATER DATA

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 98 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 GRAVITY BELT THICKENER, DRUM THICKENER AND PICKET FENCE THICKENER

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

3.1 Fluid
3.2 Temperature: Rated / Minimum / Maximum °C
3.3 Density kg/m3
3.4 Viscosity cSt
3.5 Vapor Pressure bara
See water analysis in technical
3.6 Water Quality
specification
4 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
4.1 Total height of location m.a.s.l.
4.2 Design height m.a.s.l.
4.3 Installation (indoor / outdoor)
See environmental conditions in
4.4 Humidity (min / max) %
Specifications
4.5 Ambient temperature ºC
4.6 Seismic conditions
5 Gravity Belt Thickener:
5.1 Design Data
5.1.1 Number of belt thickeners
5.1.2 Maximum sludge inlet flowrate m3/hr
5.1.3 Maximum inlet %age dry solid %
Guaranteed % dry solids at outlet at max
5.1.4 %
throughput
5.1.5 Maximum flowrate of polyelectrolyte m3/hr
5.1.6 In line sludge mixer type
5.1.7 Drive system type
5.1.8 Width of belt mm
5.1.9 Number of rollers
5.1.10 Number of ploughs
5.1.11 Belt tensioning system type
5.1.12 Belt wash system type
5.1.13 Belt wash system nozzle number
5.1.14 Belt wash system nozzle diameter mm
5.1.15 Drive motor rating kW
5.2 Material:
5.2.1 Flocculation chamber
5.2.2 Sludge mixer
5.2.3 Structural steelwork
5.2.4 Belt
5.2.5 Supports
6 Drum Thickener:
6.1 Design Data

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 99 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 GRAVITY BELT THICKENER, DRUM THICKENER AND PICKET FENCE THICKENER

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

6.1.1 Number of drum thickeners
6.1.2 Maximum sludge inlet flowrate m3/hr
6.1.3 Maximum inlet %age dry solids %
6.1.4 Maximum outlet %age dry solids %
6.1.5 Maximum flowrate of polyelectrolyte m3/hr
6.1.6 Angle of drum inclination degree
6.1.7 Method of drum inclination actuation
6.1.8 Drum bearing type
6.1.9 Method of Drum speed modulation
6.1.10 Range of Drum screen adjustment
6.1.11 Drive unit at discharge end of auger/spiral
6.1.12 Drum Wash System type
6.1.13 Number of spray nozzles
6.1.14 Drum drive type
6.1.15 Drive motor rating kW
6.2 Material:
6.2.1 Flocculation chamber
6.2.2 Casing
6.2.3 Drum
6.2.4 Shafted auger/spiral
6.2.5 Spray bar/nozzles
6.2.6 Supports
7 Thickened Sludge pumps:
7.1 Thickened Sludge pumps
7.2 Datasheet DT-014 completed
8 Polyelectrolyte Dosing:
8.1 Design Data
8.1.1 Number of Polyelectrolyte System(s)
8.1.2 Polyelectrolyte System Type
8.1.3 Aging Chemical tank volume
8.1.4 Retention time hr
8.1.5 Chemical feed/dosing tank volume m3
8.1.6 Retention time hr
8.1.7 Flocculation Tank volume m3
8.1.8 Polyelectrolyte feed pump type
8.1.9 In line sludge mixer type
8.2 Material:
8.2.1 Flocculation tank
8.2.2 Sludge mixer
8.2.3 Chemical feed/dosing tank

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 100 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 GRAVITY BELT THICKENER, DRUM THICKENER AND PICKET FENCE THICKENER

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

8.2.4 Supports
9 Picket Fence Thickener:
9.1 Design Data
9.1.1 Number of Picket Fence Thickeners
9.1.2 Tank diameter m
9.1.3 Depth of tank walls m
9.1.4 Max Working depth of sludge m
9.1.5 Centers of 'v' notches mm
9.1.6 Drive motor rating kW
9.1.7 Type of Deodorizer
9.2 Material:
9.2.1 Tank material
9.2.2 V-notch weir plates
9.2.3 Picket Fence
9.2.4 Scraper wear strips
9.2.5 Roof
9.2.6 Supports

Fire Hydrant Valve

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

FIRE HYDRANT VALVE

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number according to the P&ID
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
2 DESIGN CODE / STANDARDS
2.1 Code / Standards
3 WATER DATA
3.1 Fluid

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 101 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 FIRE HYDRANT VALVE

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT DATA TO BE FILLED IN

3.2 Temperature: Rated / Minimum / Maximum °C
3.3 Density kg/m3
3.4 Viscosity cSt
3.5 Vapor Pressure bara
See water analysis in technical
3.6 Water Quality
specification
4 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
4.1 Total height of location m.a.s.l.
4.2 Design height m.a.s.l.
4.3 Installation (indoor / outdoor) /
See environmental conditions in
4.4 Humidity (min / max) %
Specifications
4.5 Ambient temperature ºC
5 SLUICE GATE DESIGN DATA
5.1 Size mm
5.2 Material of Body
5.3 Material of Cover
5.4 Material of Spindle
5.5 Material of Runner Button
5.6 Pressure rating bar
5.7 Seat Test Pressure bar
5.8 Body test Pressure bar
5.9 Inlet connection
5.10 Outlet connection
5.11 Total Weight Kg

Dewatering Centrifuge

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

DEWATERING CENTRIFUGE

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number according to the P&ID

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 102 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 DEWATERING CENTRIFUGE

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
2 DESIGN CODE / STANDARDS
2.1 Code / Standards
3 WATER DATA
3.1 Fluid
3.2 Temperature °C / /
3.3 Density kg/m3
3.4 Viscosity cSt
3.5 Vapor Pressure bara
See water conditions in
3.6 Water Quality
technical specification
4 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
4.1 Total height of location m.a.s.l.
4.2 Design height m.a.s.l.
4.3 Installation (indoor / outdoor) /
See environmental conditions in
4.4 Humidity (min / max) %/%
Specifications
4.5 Ambient temperature ºC
4.6 Seismic conditions
5 DUTY
5.1 Type
5.2 Hours per day h
5.3 Days per week day
5.4 Days per year day
5.5 Service life year
6 SOLIDS CARACTERISTICS
6.1 Sludge Type
6.2 Designed feed %age solids %
6.3 Solids Production Kg/hr
Guaranteed maximum throughput at
6.4 m3/hr
designed feed %age solids
Guaranteed %dry solids at outlet at max
6.5 %
throughput
7 PRODUCT DATA
7.1 Number of centrifuges
7.2 Bowl dimensions
7.3 Maximum speed rpm
7.4 Operating G-force
7.5 Motor sizes, types and manufacturers

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 103 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 DEWATERING CENTRIFUGE

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

7.6 Bowl and conveyor speeds
8 CENTRIFUGE COMPONENTS
8.1 Solid bowl centrifuge
8.2 Vibration isolators
8.3 Drive motors and belt guards
Grease lubrication for the scroll bearings
8.4 and forced oil lubrication for the main
bearings
Automatic torque controlled back-drive
8.5
system
8.6 Centrifuge control panels
8.7 Motor starters, VFDs, and circuit breakers
Programmable Logic Controller Control
8.8
System
8.9 Diverter gates
8.10 Transition piece at discharge port
Feed, polymer, wash water and solenoid
8.11
valves
Motorized gate operators and pneumatic
8.12
valve operators
8.13 Flexible connectors
8.14 Sound attenuation/guard
8.15 Centrifuge system control panel
8.16 Special tools and accessories
8.17 Spare parts
9 MATERIALS
9.1 Bowl
9.2 Scroll
9.3 Frame
9.4 Covers
9.5 Hub
9.6 Scroll Conveyor
9.7 Base
9.8 Extension Legs or Support Frame
9.9 Liquid discharge weir plate
9.10 Other wetted parts
10 MAIN DRIVE
10.1 Drive Manufacturer
10.2 Gearbox manufacturer
10.3 Rated power Kw
10.4 Gearbox housing material
10.5 Bearing design life hr

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 104 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 DEWATERING CENTRIFUGE

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

10.6 Service factor
10.7 Insulation Class
10.8 Noise level measured at 1m from machine dBa
10.9 V-belt Drive
10.10 Mount
10.11 Anti-vibration mounting type
10.12 Acoustic enclosure provided
10.13 Belt material
10.14 Variable Speed Range rpm
10.15 Variable speed device
11 BACKDRIVE SYSTEM
11.1 Control panel
11.2 Rated power Kw
11.3 Service factor
11.4 Insulation Class
11.5 Noise level measured at 1m from machine dBa
12 CONTROL PANELS AND CONTROLS
12.1 Dewatering System Control Panel
12.2 Centrifuge Control Panel
12.3 Centrifuge Power Supply and Starter Panel
12.4 VFDs requirements
12.5 Back Drive Control
12.6 Microprocessor
12.7 Interlocking in Automatic
12.8 Centrifuge Control
13 VIBRATION SENSORS
Solid-state sensing device on pillow block or
13.1
frame support
Sensing device may be required by the
13.2 manufacturer for adequate vibration
detection
13.3 Monitor the vertical components of
vibrations
13.4 Signal wiring to control panels
14 BALANCE
Maximum vibration displacement (pear-to-
14.1
peak)
Vibration sensor to automatically shut down
14.2
centrifuge in event of excessive vibration
15 FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS
15.1 Connections
15.2 Centrate discharge chute

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 105 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 DEWATERING CENTRIFUGE

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

15.3 Cake discharge chute
15.4 Materials of flanges and hardware
15.5 Length of each flexible connector m
15.6 Movement minimum in all directions m
16 POLYMER MAKE UP SYSTEM
16.1 Number of polymers make up systems
16.2 Polyelectrolyte System Type
16.3 Aging Chemical tank volume m3
16.4 Retention time hr
16.5 Chemical feed/dosing tank volume m3
16.6 Retention time hr
16.7 Flocculation tank material
16.8 Flocculation Tank volume m3
16.9 Polymer pipe work material
16.10 Polymer feed pipe diameter mm
16.11 Polymer pipe work material
17 FIELD TESTING AND ADJUSTING
17.1 Factory testing
17.2 Site testing
18 WEIGHTS & DIMENSIONS
18.1 Maximum Centrifuge Equipment Length m
Maximum Clearance Distance Between
18.2 each of the Isolators in the North-South m
Direction
18.3 Minimum Bowl Diameter m
18.5 Minimum volume m3
Minimum horizontal clearance shall be
18.6 m
provided around the centrifuge
18.7 Maximum hook height m
18.8 The weight of the largest piece of centrifuge kg
18.9 Total dry weight of the centrifuge kg
18.10 Total operating weight of the centrifuge kg

Dewatering Belt Filter Press

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 106 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 Contractor:

DEWATERING BELT FILTER PRESS

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number according to the P&ID
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
2 DESIGN CODE / STANDARDS
2.1 Code / Standards
3 WATER DATA
3.1 Fluid
3.2 Temperature °C
3.3 Density kg/m3
3.4 Viscosity cSt
3.5 Vapor Pressure bara
See water conditions in
3.6 Water Quality
technical specification
4 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
4.1 Total height of location m.a.s.l.
4.2 Design height m.a.s.l.
4.3 Installation (indoor / outdoor) /
See environmental conditions in
4.4 Humidity (min / max) %
Specifications
4.5 Ambient temperature ºC
4.6 Seismic conditions
5 DUTY
5.1 Type
5.2 Hours per day h
5.3 Days per week day
5.4 Days per year day
5.5 Service life year
6 SOLIDS CARACTERISTICS
6.1 Sludge Type
6.2 Designed feed %age solids %
6.3 Solids Production Kg/hr
Guaranteed maximum throughput at
6.4 m3/hr
designed feed %age solids
Guaranteed %dry solids at outlet at max
6.5 %
throughput
7 PRODUCT DATA
7.1 Number of belt filter press
7.2 Effective belt width m

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 107 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 DEWATERING BELT FILTER PRESS

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

7.3 Effective belt length
7.4 High-pressure press length m
8 BELT FILTER PRESS COMPONENTS
8.1 Belt
8.2 Welded tubular supporting framework
8.3 Filtrate collection tank
8.4 Sludge inlets
8.5 Rollers belt tightening
8.6 Roller belt guide
8.7 Roller shafts
8.8 Drive motors and belt guards
8.9 Bearing housings
8.10 Bearings
8.11 belt washing Set
8.12 Air supply system
8.13 Control panel
8.14 Special tools and accessories
8.15 Spare parts
9 MATERIALS
9.1 Belt
9.2 Roller
9.3 Framework
9.4 Filtrate collection tank
9.5 Screw filtering drums
9.6 Base
9.7 Other wetted parts
10 DRIVE MOTOR
10.1 Drive Manufacturer
10.2 Gearbox manufacturer
10.3 Rated power kW
10.4 Gearbox housing material
10.5 Service factor
10.6 Insulation Class
11 POLYMER MAKE UP SYSTEM
11.1 Number of polymers make up systems
11.2 Polyelectrolyte System Type
11.3 Aging Chemical tank volume m3
11.4 Retention time hr
11.5 Chemical feed/dosing tank volume m3
11.6 Retention time hr

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 108 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 DEWATERING BELT FILTER PRESS

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

11.7 Flocculation tank material
11.8 Flocculation Tank volume m3
11.9 Polymer pipe work material
11.10 Polymer feed pipe diameter mm
11.11 Polymer pipe work material
12 TESTS
12.1 Factory testing
12.2 Site testing
13 WEIGHTS & DIMENSIONS
13.1 Overall Dimensions (LxWxH) m
13.2 Total dry weight of the belt filter press kg
13.3 Total operating weight of belt filter press kg

Circular Settlement Tank Scraper

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

CIRCULAR SETTLEMENT TANK SCRAPER

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number according to the P&ID
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
2 DESIGN CODE/STANDARD
2.1 Code/Standard
3 LIQUID
3.1 Medium
3.2 Concentration %
3.3 Temperature: Rated / Minimum / Maximum °C
3.4 Density kg/m3
3.5 Viscosity cSt
3.6 Vapor Pressure bara

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 109 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 CIRCULAR SETTLEMENT TANK SCRAPER

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

4 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
4.1 Total height of location m.a.s.l.
4.2 Design height m.a.s.l.
4.3 Installation (indoor / outdoor)
4.4 Humidity (min / max) %/%
4.5 Ambient temperature ºC
4.6 Seismic conditions
5 DESIGN DATA
5.1 Number of scraper bridges
5.2 Tank material of construction
5.3 Inside Diameter of Tank m
5.4 Outside diameter of Tank m
5.5 Depth of Liquid m
5.6 Sidewall Height m
5.7 Bottom inclination
5.8 Stilling chamber diameter m
Central Sludge Hopper shape (Conical,
5.9
circular, ...)
5.10 Central Sludge Hopper diameter m
5.11 Arms
5.12 Blades per arms
5.13 Height of blades mm
5.14 Blade Rubber Dimensions mm
6 BRIDGE
6.1 Material of construction of beams
6.2 Material of construction and type of flooring
6.3 Protection of corrosion details
7 SCRAPER
7.1 Bottom Scraper
7.2 Bottom Scraper Rubbers
7.3 Central Bearing Shell Closure
7.4 Picket Fence
7.5 Shaft
7.6 Bottom Bearing
8 HANDRAILING
8.1 Hand railing Type
8.2 Hand railing Material
8.3 Fixings Materials
9 STILLING CHAMBER
9.1 Stilling Chamber Diameter m
9.2 Stilling Chamber Material

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 110 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 CIRCULAR SETTLEMENT TANK SCRAPER

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

9.3 Support material
10 WEIR PLATES
10.1 Weir Plate Material
10.2 Fixings Material
11 SCUM BOARDS
11.1 Scum Board Material
11.2 Fixings Material
12 WASH WATER SYSTEM
12.1 Brush Material
12.2 Wash water pump type
12.3 No of Spray nozzles and diameter
13 GEARED MOTOR:
13.1 Voltage / Frequency V/Hz
13.2 Motor speed rpm
13.3 Installed Motor Power kW
13.4 Insulation class/ temperature rise
13.5 Motor enclosure
13.6 Gearbox Type
13.7 Gearbox Service factor
13.8 Material of construction:
13.8.1 Casing
13.8.2 Shaft
14 TESTS
14.1 Working test
14.2 Site test
15 WEIGHTS
15.1 Scraper weight kg
15.2 Bridge weight kg
15.3 Total weights kg

GRP Bolted Tank

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 111 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 GRP BOLTED TANK

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number according to the P&ID
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
2 DESIGN CODE/STANDARD
2.1 Code/Standard
3 LIQUID
3.1 Medium
3.2 Concentration %
3.3 Temperature: Rated / Minimum / Maximum °C
3.4 Density kg/m3
3.5 Viscosity cSt
3.6 Vapor Pressure bara
4 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
4.1 Total height of location m.a.s.l.
4.2 Design height m.a.s.l.
4.3 Installation (indoor / outdoor)
4.4 Humidity (min / max) %
4.5 Ambient temperature ºC
4.6 Seismic conditions
5 TANK DESIGN DATA
5.1 Number of Tanks
5.2 Total Volume m3
5.3 Operating Volume m3
5.4 Tank Length mm
5.5 Tank Width mm
5.6 Tank Height mm
6 TANK DESIGN CRITERIA
6.1 Design standard applicable
6.2 Product Stored
6.3 Product specific gravity kg/m3
6.4 Seismic zone
6.5 Wind velocity m/sec
6.6 Deck live load kg/m2
6.7 Design pressure kPa
6.8 Design temperature ºC
6.9 Design vacuum kPa
6.10 Roof panel load kg/m2
6.11 Panel safety factor
6.12 Panel strength (bursting pressure) kPa

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 112 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 GRP BOLTED TANK

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

6.13 Hydrostatic pressure kPa
7 TANK MATERIALS
7.1 Tank Panel
7.2 SMC (Sheet Molding Compound)
7.3 Non-toxicity Certificate for SMC Material
7.4 Sealant
7.5 External reinforcement
7.6 Internal reinforcement
7.7 Steel skid
7.8 Tie rods
7.9 Roof support
7.10 External ladder(s)
7.11 Internal ladder(s)
7.12 Nuts, bolts and washers
8 INSULATION DATA
8.1 Material of construction
8.2 Density kg/m3
kCal/m/hr/º
8.3 Thermal conductivity
C
8.4 Closed cells %
8.5 Operational temperature ºC
8.6 Insulation thickness mm
8.7 Light transmission %
9 GENERAL DATA
9.1 Partition provided Y/N
10 TANK ACCESSORIES
10.1 Suitability sized roof manhole with cover Y/N
10.2 Mushroom vent with insect screen Y/N
10.3 Outside ladder with safety cage and Y/N
locking hoop
10.4 Inside ladder Y/N
11 TESTS
11.1 Hydrostatic (Tested by filling with full Tank)
12 WEIGHTS
12.1 Tank panel weight kg
12.2 Total weights kg

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 113 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 Degasifier (Stripping/Aeration Towers)

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

DEGASIFIER (STRIPPING /AERATION TOWERS)

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number according to the P&ID
1 GENERAL INFORMATION
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
2 DESIGN CODE/STANDARD
2.1 Code/Standard
3 LIQUID
3.1 Medium
3.2 Concentration %
3.3 Temperature: Rated / Minimum / Maximum °C
3.4 Density kg/m3
3.5 Viscosity cSt
3.6 Vapor Pressure bara
4 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
4.1 Total height of location m.a.s.l.
4.2 Design height m.a.s.l.
4.3 Installation (indoor / outdoor)
4.4 Humidity (min / max) %
4.5 Ambient temperature ºC
4.6 Seismic conditions
5 DEGASIFIERS DESIGN DATA
5.1 Water flow rate m3/hr
5.2 Number of Towers
5.3 Flow per Tower m3/hr
5.4 Water flow rate per meter square m3 /hr/m2
5.5 Tower area m2
5.6 Tower diameter mm
5.7 Media height mm
5.8 Total height of Tower mm
5.9 Contact time min
5.10 Air-to-water ratios range

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 114 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 DEGASIFIER (STRIPPING /AERATION TOWERS)

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

5.11 Air flow rate m3/hr
5.12 Tower material
5.13 CO2 concentration at Inlet ppm
5.14 CO2 concentration at Outlet ppm
6 MEDIA
6.1 Nominal size mm
6.2 Weight (Bulk Density) kg/m3
6.3 Surface area m2
6.4 Void fraction %
6.5 Material
6 FANS DATA
7.1 Fan Configuration
7.2 Volume per each fan m3/h
7.3 Design pressure kPa
7.4 Fan material of construction
7.5 Rated power kw
7.6 Power supply V/hz/ph
8 TOWER ACCESSORIES
8.1 Suitability sized roof manhole with cover Y/N
8.2 Vent with insect screen Y/N
8.3 Outside ladder with safety cage and Y/N
locking hoop
9 TESTS
9.1 Hydrostatic test
10 WEIGHTS & DIMENSIONS
10.1 Overall Dimensions (DxL) m
10.2 Total dry weight kg
10.3 Total operating weight kg

Pressure Sand Filter

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 115 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 PRESSURE SAND FILTER

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number according to the P&ID
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer -
1.2 Country of Origin -
2 DESIGN CODE / STANDARDS
2.1 Code / Standards -
3 WATER DATA
3.1 Fluid -
3.2 Temperature: Rated / Minimum / Maximum (°C) / /
3.3 Density (kg/m3)
3.4 Viscosity (cSt)
3.5 Vapor Pressure (bara)
See water analysis in technical
3.6 Water Quality -
specification
4 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
4.1 Total height of location m.a.s.l.
4.2 Design height m.a.s.l.
See environmental conditions in
4.3 Humidity (min / max) %/%
Specifications
4.4 Ambient temperature ºC
4.5 Seismic conditions -
5 DESIGN DATA
5.1 Flow m3/h
5.2 Design Pressure bar
5.3 Operating Pressure bar
5.4 Design Temperature oC

5.5 Operating Temperature oC

5.6 Filtration Area m2

5.7 Filtration rate m3/m2/h
5.8 Backwash rate m3/m2/h
5.7 Air scouring rate m3/m2/h
5.8 Backwash Expansion %
5.9 Pressure drop across filter m
6 SAND FILTERS DATA
6.1 Quantity Units
6.2 Type (Vertical/Horizontal) - /
6.3 Diameter mm
6.4 Height/Length mm
6.5 Thickness of the ferrule mm
6.6 Thickness to bottom mm
6.7 Inner finish -

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 116 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 PRESSURE SAND FILTER

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

6.8 Outer finish -
6.9 Thickness and material intermediate layer Microns
6.10 Thickness and material finish layer Microns
6.11 Corrosion allowance mm
6.12 Thermal insulation mm
7 MATERIALS
7.1 Shell and heads -
7.2 Internals -
7.3 Flanges -
7.4 Nozzles -
7.5 Stud bolts -
7.6 Nuts -
7.7 Gaskets -
8 FILTERING NOZZLE DATA
8.1 Quantity Units
8.2 Type -
8.3 Brand -
8.4 Material -
9 MEDIA CHARACTERISTICS
9.1 Upper media
9.1.1 Material -
9.1.2 Granulometry mm
9.1.3 Depth mm
9.2 Lower Media
9.2.1 Material -
9.2.2 Granulometry mm
9.2.3 Depth mm
9.3 Support Media
9.3.1 Material -
9.3.2 Granulometry mm
9.3.3 Depth mm
10 WEIGHTS
10.1 Weight empty kg
10.2 Weight full of water kg
11 TESTS
11.1 Hydrostatic test -

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 117 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 UF System

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

UF SYSTEM

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number according to the P&ID
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
2 WATER DATA
2.1 Fluid
2.2 Temperature °C / /
2.3 Density kg/m3
2.4 Viscosity cSt
2.5 Vapor Pressure bara
See water conditions in
2.6 Water Quality
technical specification
3 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
3.1 Total height of location m.a.s.l.
3.2 Design height m.a.s.l.
3.3 Installation (indoor / outdoor) /
See environmental conditions in
3.4 Humidity (min / max) %
Specifications
3.5 Ambient temperature ºC
3.6 Seismic conditions
4 DESIGN DATA
4.1 Filtrate Flow m3/hr
4.2 Feed Flow m3/hr
4.3 Flow Type (In to Out or Out to In)
4.4 Average Backwash Flow m3/hr
4.5 Average Forward Flush Flow m3/hr
4.6 System Recovery %
4.7 Feed Water Temp
4.8 Source of Feed Water Surface, Well, ... etc.
4.9 SDI
4.10 Turbidity NTU

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 118 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 UF SYSTEM

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

4.11 Total No of Units
4.12 No of Rows per Unit
4.13 No of Module per Row
5 UF UNIT SKID
5.1 Dimensions (X*Y*Z) cm
5.2 Weight kg
5.3 Material of Construction
6 UF MODULE
6.1 Manufacturer
6.2 Country of Origin
6.3 Local Agent Details
6.4 Material of Construction
6.5 Module Model
6.6 Length cm
6.7 Diameter in
6.8 Weight kg
6.9 Maximum Working Pressure bar
6.10 Maximum Working Temperature ºC
6.12 Certification
7 UF MEMBRANES
7.1 Manufacturer
7.2 Country of Origin
7.3 Local Agent Details
7.4 Type /Material of Construction
7.5 Model
7.6 Length cm
7.7 Diameter in
7.8 Weight kg
7.9 Membrane Surface Area cm2/ft2
7.10 Maximum Feed Turbidity NTU
7.11 Maximum Feed TSS mg/l
8 CLEANING IN PLACE (CIP)
8.1 Chemical Cleaning Tank
8.1.1 No of Tanks
8.1.2 Capacity/Volume per Tank m3
8.1.3 Material of Construction
8.2 CIP Pump
8.2.1 Manufacturer
8.2.2 Country of Origin
8.2.3 Model

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 119 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 UF SYSTEM

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

8.2.4 Type
8.2.5 Material of Construction
8.2.6 Max. Flow Rate m3/h
8.2.7 Max. Pressure bar
8 BACKWASH SYSTEM
8.1 Backwash Tank
8.1.1 No of Tanks
8.1.2 Capacity/Volume per Tank m3
8.1.3 Material of Construction
8.2 Backwash Pump
8.2.1 Manufacturer
8.2.2 Country of Origin
8.2.3 Model
8.2.4 Type
8.2.5 Max. Flow Rate m3/h
8.2.6 Max. Pressure bar

Cartridge Filter

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

CARTRIDGE FILTER

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number according to the P&ID
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
2 DESIGN CODE / STANDARDS
3.1 Code / Standards
3 WATER DATA
3.1 Fluid
3.2 Temperature °C

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 120 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 CARTRIDGE FILTER

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

3.3 Density kg/m3
3.4 Viscosity cSt
3.5 Vapor Pressure bara
See water conditions in
3.6 Water Quality
technical specification
4 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
4.1 Total height of location m.a.s.l.
4.2 Design height m.a.s.l.
4.3 Installation (indoor / outdoor) /
See environmental conditions in
4.4 Humidity (min / max) %
Specifications
4.5 Ambient temperature ºC
4.6 Seismic conditions
5 DESIGN DATA
5.1 No of Cartridge Filters
5.2 Type of Cartridge Filters
5.3 Design Flow rate m3/hr
5.4 Design Flow rate m3
5.5 Inner diameter Inch
5.6 Cartridge Filter total Height Inch
5.7 Filter Elements quantity
5.8 Filter Elements size (ODxL) Inch
5.9 Inlet / Outlet size Inch
5.10 Clean Drain size Inch
5.11 Dirty Drain size Inch
5.12 Vent size Inch
5.13 Micron Rating μm
5.14 Operating temperature oC

5.15 Design temperature oC

5.16 Operating pressure bar

5.17 Design pressure (MAWP) bar
5.18 Test pressure bar
5.19 Initial clean Differential pressure psi
5.20 Clean DP across filter elements psi
5.21 Total clean pressure drop psi
5.22 Recommended change out psi
USGPM /
5.23 Flux Rate
FT2
6 MATERIAL
6.1 Body Material
6.2 External welded attach

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 121 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 CARTRIDGE FILTER

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

6.3 Cartridge Filters
6.4 Closure Gasket
6.5 Closure Bolts
6.6 Element Support
7 TESTS
7.1 Pressure test
7.2 Hydrostatic test
7.3 Site testing
8 WEIGHTS & DIMENSIONS
8.1 Overall Dimensions (DxL) m
8.2 Total dry weight kg
8.3 Total operating weight kg

RO System

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

RO SYSTEM

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number according to the P&ID
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
2 WATER DATA
2.1 Fluid
2.2 Temperature °C
2.3 Density kg/m3
2.4 Viscosity cSt
2.5 Vapor Pressure bara
See water conditions in
2.6 Water Quality
technical specification
3 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
3.1 Total height of location m.a.s.l.

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 122 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 RO SYSTEM

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

3.2 Design height m.a.s.l.
3.3 Installation (indoor / outdoor) /
See environmental conditions in
3.4 Humidity (min / max) %
Specifications
3.5 Ambient temperature ºC
3.6 Seismic conditions
4 DESIGN DATA
4.1 Permeate Flow m3/hr
4.2 Feed Flow m3/hr
4.3 Recovery %
4.4 Feed Design TDS ppm
4.5 Feed Water Temp
4.6 Source of Feed Water Surface, Well,
4.7 SDI
4.8 Turbidity NTU
4.9 RO Permeate Water TDS ppm
4.10 RO Module Array
4.11 No of Stages
4.12 No of Pressure Vessels (PVs)/Module
4.13 No of Membranes per Module
4.14 Average Membrane Flux Rate lmh
4.15 Membrane Inlet Pressure bar
4.16 Specific Energy kWh/m3
5 RO MODULE SKID
5.1 Dimensions (X*Y*Z) cm
5.2 Weight kg
5.3 Material of Construction
5.4 Coating (Material/Thickness) mm
5.5 Welding (Type/Thickness)
6 PRESSURE VESSELS
6.1 Manufacturer
6.2 Country of Origin
6.3 Local Agent Details
6.4 Material of Construction
6.5 PV Model
6.6 Length cm
6.7 Diameter inch
6.8 Weight kg
6.9 Type of Head Port (Side/Face)
6.10 Design Pressure bar
6.12 Size of the Permeate Port inch

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 123 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 RO SYSTEM

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

6.13 Certification
6.14 Vessel Support Type
7 MEMBRANES
7.1 Manufacturer
7.2 Country of Origin
7.3 Local Agent Details
7.4 Type /Material of Construction
7.5 Model
7.6 Length cm
7.7 Diameter inch
7.8 Weight kg
7.9 Membrane Area cm2/ft2
7.10 Salt Rejection %
7.11 Product Flow Rate m3/d
7.12 Feed Spacer Thickness mm
7.13 Minimum Product Flow Rate m3/d
7.14 Maximum Operating Pressure bar
7.15 Maximum Feed Water Temperature ℃
7.16 Maximum Pressure Drop per Element bar
7.17 Feed Water pH Range, Chemical Cleaning
8 HIGH PRESSURE PUMP Detailed Data at Pumps DS
8.1 Manufacturer
8.2 Country of Origin
8.3 Type
8.4 Model
8.5 Weight kg
8.6 Dimensions
8.7 Material of Construction
8.8 Operating Design Capacity Flow/Head m3/h-bar
8.9 High Pressure Pump Motor
8.9.1 Manufacturer
8.9.2 Country of Origin
8.9.3 Type
8.9.4 Model
8.9.5 Weight
8.9.6 Dimensions
8.9.7 Motor Operating Speed rpm
8.9.8 Motor Power kW
8.9.9 Motor Electrical Driver Type
9 ENERGY RECOVERY UNIT (ERU) In Case of Seawater

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 124 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 RO SYSTEM

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

9.1 Manufacturer
9.2 Country of Origin
9.3 Type
9.4 Model
9.5 Weight kg
9.6 Dimensions
9.7 Material of Construction
9.8 Operating Design Capacity Flow/Head m3/h-bar
10 ANTISCALENT DOSING SYSTEM
10.1 Manufacturer
10.2 Country of Origin
10.3 Model
10.4 Density gm/l
10.5 Solution Concentration %
10.6 Dosing Tank
10.6.1 No of Tanks
10.6.2 Capacity/Volume m3
10.6.3 Material of Construction
10.7 Dosing Pump
10.7.1 Manufacturer
10.7.2 Country of Origin
10.7.3 Model
10.7.4 Type
10.7.5 Max. Flow Rate l/h
10.7.6 Max. Pressure bar
11 CLEANING IN PLACE (CIP)
11.1 Flushing/Chemical Cleaning Tank
11.1.1 No of Tanks
11.1.2 Capacity/Volume per Tank m3
11.1.3 Material of Construction
11.2 Flushing/CIP Pump
11.2.1 Manufacturer
11.2.2 Country of Origin
11.2.3 Model
11.2.4 Type
11.2.5 Material of Construction
11.2.6 Max. Flow Rate m3/h
11.2.7 Max. Pressure bar
12 PIPING
Feed Pipe Type (before High Pressure
12.1
Pump)

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 125 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 RO SYSTEM

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Feed Pipe St. St. Grade (after High
12.2
Pressure Pump)
12.3 Permeate Pipe Type
12.4 Reject Water Pipe Type/Grade

Chlorine Dioxide

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

CHLORINE DIOXIDE

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number according to the P&ID
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
2 DESIGN CODE/STANDARD
2.1 Code/Standard /
3 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
3.1 Total height of location m.a.s.l.
3.2 Design height m.a.s.l.
3.3 Installation (indoor / outdoor)
3.4 Humidity (min / max) %/%
3.5 Ambient temperature ºC
3.6 Seismic conditions
4 GENERAL INFORMATION
4.1 Equipment name
4.2 Type
4.3 Required amount (duty /stand-by) unit / unit
Lead time (including manufacturing and
4.4 week
testing)
Deadline for issuance of drawings and
4.5 week
manuals
5 DESGIN DATA

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 126 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 CHLORINE DIOXIDE

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

5.1 Flow Medium
5.2 Max./Min. Operating Temperature of Water
5.3 Pressure Rating
5.4 Design Water Flow Rate
5.5 ClO2-Concentration
5.6 ClO2 Generation system design capacity
6 CHEMICAL STORAGE TANKS
6.1 Hydrochloric acid Concentration %
Material of bulk storage tanks for
6.2
Hydrochloric acid
Capacity of bulk storage tanks for
6.3 m3
Hydrochloric acid
Number of bulk storage tanks for
6.4 No.
Hydrochloric acid
6.5 Hydrochloric acid estimated Consumption m3/month
6.6 Sodium chlorite Concentration %
Material of bulk storage tanks for Sodium
6.7
chlorite
Capacity of bulk storage tanks for Sodium
6.8 m3
chlorite
Number of bulk storage tanks for Sodium
6.8 No.
chlorite
6.9 Sodium chlorite estimated Consumption m3/month
6.10 Type of unloading pumps
6.11 Configuration of unloading pumps
6.12 Capacity of unloading pumps m3/hr
6.13 Pressure of unloading pumps bar
6.14 Construction Material of unloading pumps
7 HYDROCHLORIC ACID FUME TRAP
7.1 Capacity Liter
7.2 Material
8 REGENT FILTER ASSEMBLY
8.1 Quantity
8.2 Type
8.3 Flow Rate l/hr
8.4 Pressure bar
8.5 Material
8.6 Rating micron
9 CHEMICAL FEEDING SYSTEM
9.1 Type of connection with supply of chemicals
9.2 Type of chemical dosing pumps
9.3 Configuration of chemical dosing pumps

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 127 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 CHLORINE DIOXIDE

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

9.4 Capacity of chemical dosing pumps l/hr
9.5 Pressure of chemical dosing pumps bar
9.6 Material of chemical dosing pumps
10 CHLORINE DIOXIDE SYSTEM
10.1 Type of reactors
10.2 Configuration of reactors
10.3 Reactor capacity g/h ClO2
10.4 Water Flow Rate for Reactor l/hr
10.5 Water Pressure for Reactor bar
10.6 Motor power kW
10.7 Power supply v/hz/ph
10.8 Concentration of ClO2 solution from reactors
10.9 Yield of reaction
10.11 Type of injection pumps
10.12 Configuration of injection pumps
10.13 Capacity of injection pumps m3/hr
10.14 Pressure of injection pumps bar
10.15 Capacity of Diffusers
10.16 Chlorine dioxide analyzer type
10.17 Chlorine dioxide analyzer range mg/l
10.18 Type of gas leak detectors
10.19 Range of gas leak detectors ppm
10.20 Type of fire detectors
10.21 Control system with panel
10.22 Power supply v/hz/ph
11 WEIGHTS & DIMENSIONS
11.1 Dimensions of reactors mm
11.2 Dry weight of reactors kg
Weight of bulk storage tanks (empty,
11.3 kg
operation)
11.4 Overall Dimensions of plant mm

Carbon Steel Welded Tanks

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 128 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 Contractor:

CARBON STEEL WELDED TANKS

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number according to the P&ID
1 GENERAL INFORMATION
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
1.3 Local Agent Details
1.4 Capacity m3
1.5 Tank Diameter mm
1.6 Tank Height mm
2 TANK DESIGN CRITERIA
2.1 Design standard applicable
2.2 Product Stored
2.3 Product specific gravity kg/m3
2.4 Seismic zone
2.5 Design Wind Velocity km/h
2.6 Roof live load kg/m2
2.7 Design pressure kPa
2.8 Design vacuum kPa
2.9 Test Pressure kPa
2.10 Working Temperature oC

2.11 Type of Roof

2.12 No. of Courses
2.13 Design thickness excluding corrosion
allowance
2.14 1st Course mm
2.15 2nd Course mm
2.16 4th Course mm
2.17 5thCourse mm
2.18 6th Course mm
2.19 Floor mm
2.20 Roof mm
2.21 Columns mm
2.22 Corrosion Allowance
2.23 Empty Weight kg
2.24 Shell Material
2.25 Roof Material
2.26 Bottom Material
2.27 Nozzles/Flanges Material
2.28 Bolts/Nuts Material

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 129 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 CARBON STEEL WELDED TANKS

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

2.29 Platforms, Stairs, Handrails etc. Material
2.30 Gaskets Material
3 TANK COATING
3.1 Applicable standards
3.2 Internal coating
• Type
microns
• Dry film thickness Microns
• Non-toxicity certificate
3.3 External
• Type microns
• Dry film thickness
3.4 Floor underside
• Type microns
• Dry film thickness

Carbon Steel Bolted Tanks

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

CARBON STEEL BOLTED TANKS

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number according to the P&ID
1 GENERAL INFORMATION
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
1.3 Local Agent Details
1.4 Capacity m3
1.5 Tank Diameter mm
1.6 Tank Height mm
2 TANK DESIGN CRITERIA
2.1 Design standard applicable
2.2 Product Stored
2.3 Product specific gravity kg/m3
2.4 Seismic zone

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 130 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 CARBON STEEL BOLTED TANKS

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

2.5 Wind load km/h
2.6 Roof live load kg/m2
2.7 Design pressure kPa
2.8 Design vacuum kPa
3 TANK COATING
3.1 Applicable standards
3.2 Internal coating
• Type
microns
• Dry film thickness Microns
• Non-toxicity certificate
3.3 External
• Type microns
• Dry film thickness
3.4 Floor underside
• Type microns
• Dry film thickness
4 TANK ACCESSORIES
4.1 Plastic capped bolts for tank interior
4.2 Plastic capped bolts for deck interior
4.3 Plastic caps for bottom interior bolts
4.4 Exterior push caps
Stainless steel hard ware for deck
4.5
support
Suitability sized wall manhole with
4.6
hinged cover
4.7 Mushroom vent with insect screen
Outside ladder with safety cage and
4.8
locking hoop
Any other accessories (tenderer to
4.9
insert)

Carbon Steel Pipe

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 131 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 CARBON STEEL PIPE

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number according to the P&ID

1 GENERAL INFORMATION
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
1.3 Model No.(s)
1.4 Local Agent Details
1.5 Test certificate
1.6 Certificates
- API Certificate
- Q.A. Certificate to ISO 9000
2 PIPE DATA:
2.1 Type of pipe
2.2 Reference standard/Codes
2.3 Nominal diameter/Quantity mm/m
2.4 Length of pipe segment m
2.5 Wall thickness mm
2.6 Pressure rating (Pipe class) bar
2.7 Allowable test pressure (in site) bar
2.8 Allowable test pressure (in factory) bar
2.9 Weight /one meter Length kg/m
2.10 Temperature design factor
2.11 Storage’s precautions (if any)
2.12 Type of pipe support (if any)
2.13 Pipe ends
2.14 Pipe finish prior to shipment
3 INTERNAL LINING:
3.1 Manufacturer/ Applicator
- name
- country
- yard
3.2 Standards/Codes
3.3 Material
4 EXTERNAL COATING/WRAPPING

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 132 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 GRP Pipe

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

GRP PIPE

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number according to the P&ID
1 GENERAL INFORMATION
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
1.3 Local Agent Details
1.4 Model No.(s)
1.5 Test Certificate
2 PIPE DATA:
2.1 Type of pipe
2.2 Reference standard/Codes
2.3 Nominal diameter/Quantity mm/m
2.4 Length of pipe segment m
2.5 Wall thickness mm
2.6 Manufacturing process of bends
2.7 Type of Joint
2.8 Type of connections
2.9 Pressure rating (Pipe class) bar
2.10 Allowable test pressure (in site) bar
2.11 Allowable test pressure (in factory) bar
2.13 Vacuum pressure bar
2.14 Weight /one meter Length kg/m
2.15 Temperature design factor
2.16 Storage’s precautions (if any)
2.18 Type of pipe support (if any)
2.19 Spacing of pipe support (if any) m

2.20 Joint deflection (if any) degree

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 133 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 HDPE Pipe

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

HDPE PIPE

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number according to the P&ID
1 GENERAL INFORMATION
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
1.3 Local Agent Details
1.4 Model No.(s)
1.5 Test certificate
2 PIPE DATA:
2.1 Type of pipe
2.2 Reference standard/Codes
2.3 Nominal diameter/Quantity mm/m
2.4 Length of pipe segment m
2.5 Wall thickness mm
2.6 Type of Joint
2.7 Pipe Material Manufacturing Data
2.7.1 Minimum required strength (at 20º C) MPa
2.7.2 Design stress (σs) MPa
2.7.3 Minimum density kg/m3
2.7.4 Tensile stress at yield MPa
2.7.5 Tensile Strength kg/mm2
2.7.6 Elongation at break %
2.7.7 Material Certificate
2.7.8 Carbon Black Dispersion
2.7.9 Carbon Black Content %
2.7.10 UV Resistance Level
2.7.11 Volume Resistivity Ohm-cm
2.8 Type of connections
2.9 Pressure rating (Pipe class) bar
2.10 Allowable test pressure (in site) bar
2.11 Allowable test pressure (in factory) bar
2.12 Vacuum pressure bar
2.13 Weight /one meter Length kg/m

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 134 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 2.14 Temperature design factor
2.15 Storage’s precautions (if any)
2.16 Type of pipe support (if any)
2.17 Spacing of pipe support (if any) m
2.18 Joint deflection degree
2.19 SDR (Standard Dimension Ratio)

Ductile Iron Pipe

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

DUCTILE IRON PIPE

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number according to the P&ID
1 GENERAL INFORMATION
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
1.3 Model No.(s)
1.4 Local Agent Details
1.5 Test certificate
2 PIPE DATA:
2.1 Type of pipe
2.2 Reference standard/Codes
- Pipe & fitting material
- Wall thickness calculation
- Cement lining
- Rubber gaskets for joints
- Flange drilling
2.3 Nominal diameter/Quantity mm/m
2.4 Length of pipe segment m
2.5 Wall thickness mm
2.6 Pressure rating (Pipe class) bar
2.7 Allowable test pressure (in site) bar
2.8 Allowable test pressure (in factory) bar
2.9 Weight /one meter Length kg/m
2.10 Temperature design factor

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 135 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 DUCTILE IRON PIPE

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

2.11 Type of pipe joints
- Push-on joint
- Locked push-on joint
- Flanged joints
2.12 Storage’s precautions (if any)
2.13 Type of pipe support
2.14 Spacing between pipe support
2.15 Material Physical properties
- Min. Tensile Strength
- Min. Yield Strength
- Min. Elongation at Break
- Max. Brinell Hardness
2.16 Calibration of Pipes
3 INTERNAL LINING:
3.1 Manufacturer/ Applicator
- Name
- Country
- Yard
3.2 Standards/Codes
3.3 Material
3.4 Internal socket ends of pipe
4 EXTERNAL COATING/WRAPPING

uPVC Pipe

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

uPVC PIPE

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number according to the P&ID
1 GENERAL INFORMATION
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
1.3 Model No.(s)

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 136 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 uPVC PIPE

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

1.4 Local Agent Details
1.5 Test certificate
2 PIPE DATA:
2.1 Type of pipe
2.2 Reference standard/Codes
2.3 Nominal diameter/Quantity mm/m
2.4 Length of pipe segment m
2.5 Wall thickness mm
2.6 Type of Joint
2.7 Sealing Rings
2.8 Type of connections
2.9 Pressure rating (Pipe class) bar
2.10 Allowable test pressure (in site) bar
2.11 Allowable test pressure (in factory) bar
2.12 Vacuum pressure bar
2.13 Weight /one meter Length kg/m
2.14 Temperature design factor
2.15 Storage’s precautions (if any)
2.16 Type of pipe support (if any)
2.17 Spacing of pipe support (if any) m

2.18 Joint deflection (if any) degree

uPVC FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

1 GENERAL INFORMATION
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
1.3 Model No.(s)
1.4 Local Agent Details
1.5 Test certificate
2 FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES:
2.1 Reference standard/Codes
2.2 Type of joint
2.3 Sizes/Quantity
2.4 Wall Thickness mm
2.5 Pressure rating (Pipe class) bar
2.6 Vacuum pressure bar
2.7 Hydrostatic test pressure bar
2.8 Temperature design factor
2.9 Maximum compression
2.10 Maximum extension

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 137 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 Stainless Steel Pipe

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

STAINLESS STEEL PIPE

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number according to the P&ID
1 GENERAL INFORMATION
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
1.3 Local Agent Details
1.4 Standards/Codes
1.5 Test certificate
2 PIPE DATA
2.1 Pipe Type mm
2.2 Schedule (20, 40, 80, ..)
2.3 Austenitic Grade
2.4 Size of pipe (DN)
2.5 Size (NB)/ outside dia mm
2.6 Wall Thickness mm
2.7 Surface finishing Polished, Satin, Hairline, ..
2.8 Weight kg/m
2.9 Design Pressure bar
2.10 Hydrotest Pressure bar
2.11 Joint Quality Factor Ej
3 EXTERNAL COATING As per Project specification
3.1 Material
3.2 Thickness

STAINLESS STEEL PIPE FITTINGS

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

1 GENERAL INFORMATION
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
1.3 Model No.(s)
1.4 Local Agent Details
1.5 Test certificate

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 138 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 2 FITTINGS DESIGN
2.1 Fitting Type
2.2 Schedule (20, 40, 80, ..)
2.3 Austenitic Grade
2.4 Connecting Type (Threaded / Socket welded)
2.5 Service Pressure (Medium/High)
2.6 Size (DN)/Quantity
2.7 Size (NB) outside dia
2.8 Wall Thickness mm
2.9 Surface Finishing
2.10 Weight kg/m
2.11 Design Pressure bar
2.12 Hydrotest Pressure bar
3 EXTERNAL COATING As per Project specification
3.1 Material
3.2 Thickness

STAINLESS STEEL FLANGES

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

1 GENERAL INFORMATION
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
1.3 Model No.(s)
1.4 Local Agent Details
1.5 Test certificate
2 FLANGES DESIGN
Slip on, Raised face, Lab Joint,
2.1 Flange Type
Blind, ...
2.2 Schedule (20, 40, 80, ..)
2.3 Austenitic Grade
2.4 Connecting Type (Threaded / Socket welded)
2.5 Service Pressure (Medium/High)
2.6 Nominal Size (DN)/Quantity
2.7 No of Bolt Holes / Hole Size ../mm
2.8 Diameter of Bolt Hole Circle mm
2.9 Length Through Hub mm
2.10 Diameter of Hub mm
2.11 Flange Thickness mm
2.12 Surface Finishing
2.13 Weight kg/m
2.14 Design Pressure bar
2.15 Hydrotest Pressure bar
3 EXTERNAL COATING As per Project specification
3.1 Material
3.2 Thickness

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 139 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 Cooling Tower

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

COOLING TOWER

ITEMS DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number according to the P&ID
1 GENERAL INFORMATION
1.1 Manufacturer / Country of Origin
1.2 Model No.: -
1.3 Unit Type: -
1.4 Operating Weight kg
1.5 Shipping Weight kg
1.6 Dimensions mm
2 LOCATION DETAILS
2.1 Location -
2.2 Elevation Above Sea Level m
2.3 Max. Wind Speed m/s
2.4 Maximum Temperature oC

2.5 Minimum Temperature oC

3 DESIGN DETAILS CAPACITY

3.1 Cooling Tower Type: -
3.2 Capacity: m3/h
3.3 No. of Cells: -
3.4 Quality of Water: -
3.5 Hot Water Temperature: oC

3.6 Cold Water Temperature: oC

3.7 Wet Bulb Temperature: oC

3.8 Range: oC

3.9 Approach: oC

4 MATERIAL OF CONSTRUCTION
4.1 Cooling Tower Superstructure -
4.2 Structural Casing -
4.3 Structural Columns -
4.4 Cold Water Basin -

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 140 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 COOLING TOWER

ITEMS DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

4.5 Fills -
4.6 Fill Support Material -
4.7 Louvers -
4.8 Louvers Support -
4.9 Drift Eliminator -
4.10 Eliminator Support -
4.11 Distribution Nozzle -
4.12 Fan Cylinder -
4.13 Fan Blade -
4.14 Shaft -
ALL THE PULTRUDED FRP MATERIAL SHOULD BE FIRE AND ULTRA VIOLET PROOF
5 FAN MOTOR
5.1 Type: -
5.2 Applicable Standard -
5.3 Enclosure -
5.4 Nominal Power Supply V/Ph/Hz
5.5 Class of Insulation -
5.6 Fan Power Input kW
5.7 Gear Box Noise Level dB

Water Softener

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

WATER SOFTENER

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number according to the P&ID
Softener works with ion
1 GENERAL
exchange principle
1.1 Manufacturer -
1.2 Country of Origin -
2 DESIGN CODE / STANDARDS

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 141 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 WATER SOFTENER

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

2.1 Code / Standards -
3 WATER DATA
3.1 Fluid -
3.2 Temperature: Rated / Minimum / Maximum (°C) / /
3.3 Density (kg/m3)
3.4 Viscosity (cSt)
3.5 Vapor Pressure (bara)
See water analysis in technical
3.6 Water Quality -
specification
4 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
4.1 Total height of location m.a.s.l.
4.2 Design height m.a.s.l.
See environmental conditions in
4.3 Humidity (min / max) %/%
Specifications
4.4 Ambient temperature ºC
4.5 Seismic conditions -
5 PERFORMANCE DATA
5.1 Resin Type
5.2 Nominal pressure (PN) bar
5.3 Min./max. operating pressure bar
5.4 Max. continuous flow m3/h
5.5 Pressure loss at max. continuous flow bar
5.6 KV value (at Δp = 1.0 bar) m3/h
5.7 Nominal capacity mol
5.8 Capacity per kg of regeneration salt mol/kg
5.9 Time capacity m3x°dH/h
5.10 Maximum Feed Water TDS ppm
FILLING VOLUMES& CONSUMPTION
6
DATA
6.1 Resin quantity L
6.2 Freeboard (resin in form of sodium) mm Approx.
6.3 Salt consumption per regeneration kg Approx.
6.4 Max. regeneration salt supply kg
6.5 Total waste water volume/ regeneration L Approx.
6.6 Operating water volume L
6.7 Minimum filling height of salt mm
7 DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS
7.1 Height mm
7.2 Overall height (without control unit) mm
7.3 Exchanger tank (D) mm
7.4 Brine tank (D) mm

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 142 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 WATER SOFTENER

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

7.5 Overall height of brine tank mm
7.6 Height of safety overflow of brine tank mm
7.7 Min. depth of foundation mm
7.8 Min. length of foundation mm
7.9 Operating weight kg

Drum Screen

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

DRUM SCREEN

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number according to the P&ID
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
2 DESIGN CODE / STANDARDS
2.1 Code / Standards
3 WATER DATA
3.1 Fluid
3.2 Temperature °C
3.3 Density kg/m3
3.4 Viscosity cSt
3.5 Vapor Pressure bara
See water conditions in
3.6 Water Quality
technical specification
4 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
4.1 Total height of location m.a.s.l.
4.2 Design height m.a.s.l.
4.3 Installation (indoor / outdoor)
See environmental conditions in
4.4 Humidity (min / max) %
Specifications
4.5 Ambient temperature ºC

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 143 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 DRUM SCREEN

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

4.6 Seismic conditions
5 HYDRAULIC DATA
5.1 Screen Capacity - Each m3/s
5.2 Velocity through culverts at min. immersion m/s
5.3 Velocity over Inlet Cell m/s
5.4 Velocity through screen panel m/s
5.5 Head loss over Inlet Cell mm
5.6 Head loss through screen panel mm
5.7 Total Head loss mm
6 SCREENS DESIGN DATA
6.1 Number of Screens
6.2 Model number
6.3 Screenings panel material
6.4 Screen installation type
6.5 Inclination angle degree
6.6 Main shaft material
6.7 Screen Diameter mm
6.8 Panel Size (Length x Breadth) mm2
6.9 Hole Size / Square Mesh Opening Size mm
6.10 Panel fixings material
6.11 Material of sealing panels to frame
6.12 Material of Rotating Brushes
6.13 Screen covers material
6.14 Wash water Quantity Required l/min
6.15 Wash water Pressure at Jet pipe bar
7 LEVEL MEASUREMENT
7.1 Head loss level sensors Unit
7.2 Type
7.3 Model
7.4 Signal mA
7.5 Probe enclosure IP
7.6 Measuring range m
7.7 Electrical supply VDC
8 DRIVE MOTOR DETAILS
8.1 Type of Geared Motor
8.2 Geared Motor Manufacturer
8.3 Material of construction
8.4 Gear reduction ratio
8.5 Class of Insulation
8.6 Type of enclosure

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 144 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 DRUM SCREEN

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

8.7 Rated Power kW
8.8 Voltage/ Frequency Volts/Hz
8.9 Motor speed rpm
8.10 Motor phases
9 SCREW COMPACTOR
9.1 Manufacturer
9.2 Number of Compactors
9.3 Type
9.4 Reduction in Volume of Screenings %
9.5 Reduction in Moisture Content %
9.6 Inlet Capacity m3/h
9.7 Inclination degree
9.8 Nominal Diameter mm
9.9 External Diameter mm
9.10 Spiral Thickness mm
9.11 Spiral Pitch
9.12 Trough Type
9.13 Trough Diameter mm
9.14 Inlet Type mm
9.15 Outlet Type
9.16 Compaction Zone
9.17 Hopper Size (Length x Width) mm
9.18 Gear Motor Type
9.19 Gear Motor position
9.20 Motor Rated Power
9.21 Rotation Speed
9.22 Material of Construction:
9.22.1 Screw
9.22.2 Compactor
9.22.3 Carpentry
9.22.4 Bolts
9.22.5 Spiral
10 CONVEYOR
10.1 Manufacturer
10.2 Number of compactors
10.3 Model number
10.4 Conveyor loading m3/h
10.5 Conveyor loading weight kg/m
10.6 Conveyor speed m/min
10.7 Conveyor length mm

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 145 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 DRUM SCREEN

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

10.8 Trough Width mm
10.9 Distance from discharge hopper to the floor mm
10.10 Troughing idler roller diameter mm
10.11 Idler pitch selected for the duty mm
10.12 Idler pitch at the feed position mm
10.13 Return roller pitch mm
10.14 Rubber protection guiding mm
10.15 Height of a pull wire mm
10.16 Space pull wire guide rings mm
11 TEST CERTIFICATES
11.1 Factory testing
11.2 Site testing

Mixers

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

MIXERS

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number according to the P&ID
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
2 DESIGN CODE / STANDARDS
2.1 Code / Standards
3 LIQUID DATA
3.1 Liquid
3.2 Temperature °C
3.3 Density kg/m3
3.4 Viscosity cSt
3.5 Vapor Pressure bara
See water conditions in
3.6 Water Quality
technical specification

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 146 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 MIXERS

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

4 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
4.1 Total height of location m.a.s.l.
4.2 Design height m.a.s.l.
4.3 Installation (indoor / outdoor)
See environmental conditions in
4.4 Humidity (min / max) %
Specifications
4.5 Ambient temperature ºC
4.6 Seismic conditions
5 DESIGN DATA
5.1 Number of Mixers
5.2 Mounting type
5.3 Mixer type
5.4 Propeller Design
5.5 Mixing area m2
5.6 Number of propeller blades
5.7 Mixing power kw
5.8 Propeller speed rpm
5.9 Propeller diameter m
5.10 Liquid depth m
5.11 Minimum water depth (from propeller tip) m
5.12 Mixing volume m3
5.13 Bearing L10 life hr
6 OPERATIONAL DATA
6.1 Rated flow m3/h
6.2 CFD Analysis (Yes/No)
6.3 Thrust to power ratio N/kw
6.4 Axial thrust force N
6.5 Mean velocity m/sec
6.6 Propeller speed rpm
6.7 Maximum Tip speed m/sec
7 MATERIAL
7.1 Shaft
7.2 Propeller
7.3 Hub
7.4 Gearbox housing
7.5 Mounting base
7.6 Fastener
8 MOTOR DETAILS
8.1 Type of Motor
8.2 Material of construction
8.3 Service factor

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 147 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 MIXERS

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

8.4 Class of Insulation
8.5 Type of enclosure
8.6 Rated Power kw
8.7 Voltage/ Frequency Volts/ Hz
8.8 Motor speed rpm
8.9 Motor phases
9 TEST CERTIFICATES
9.1 Performance testing
9.2 Site testing
10 DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS
10.1 Mixer shaft length mm
10.2 Propeller diameter mm
10.3 Total Weight kg

DAF Equipment

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

DAF EQUIPMENT

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number according to the P&ID
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
2 DESIGN CODE / STANDARDS
2.1 Code / Standards
3 LIQUID DATA
3.1 Liquid
3.2 Temperature °C
3.3 Density kg/m3
3.4 Viscosity cSt
3.5 Vapor Pressure bara

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 148 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 DAF EQUIPMENT

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

See water conditions in
3.6 Water Quality
technical specification
4 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
4.1 Total height of location m.a.s.l.
4.2 Design height m.a.s.l.
4.3 Installation (indoor / outdoor)
See environmental conditions
4.4 Humidity (min / max) %
in Specifications
4.5 Ambient temperature ºC
4.6 Seismic conditions
5 PERFORMANCE DATA
5.1 DAF Flow Rate m3/hr
5.2 Operating pH pH
5.3 Operating Temperature ºC
5.4 Maximum Inlet Particle Size mm
5.5 Fat, Oils and Grease (FOG) Removal %
5.6 TSS Removal %
5.7 Other
6 DESIGN DATA
6.1 No of Units in the system
Tank Capacity (Max / Net Working /
6.2 m3
Flotation)
6.3 Inlet Flow rate m3/hr
6.4 Dissolved Air Flotator recirculation Flow rate m3/hr
6.5 Total solid content in the Inlet (min-avg-max) mg/l
6.6 Saturation rate during operation %
6.7 Outlet sludge concentration %
6.8 Maximum Overflow TSS at Design Flow mg/l
6.9 Hydraulic Loading Rate m3 /(m2/hr)
6.10 Solid Loading Rate Kg / m2 / d
6.11 Air to water Ratio (g air/ m3 of water) g / m3
6.12 Minimum and Maximum Air Pressure bar (g)
Required for saturator
6.13 Contact zone retention period sec
Manually/
Sludge discharge with airlift out of DAF unit Compressed
6.12
by: air, semi-
automatic
6.13 Power consumption kw
7 DAF TANK DESIGN
7.1 Tank shape
7.2 Tank Size/Diameter mm

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 149 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 DAF EQUIPMENT

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

7.3 Number of blades of scraping system
7.4 Scraper Peripheral Speed
7.5 Scraper Drive Motor Type
7.5 Scraper Drive Mechanism
7.6 Air Nozzles
7.7 Nozzle Connection details on DAF Tank -
7.7.1 Dissolved Air Flotator inlet mm
7.7.2 Dissolved Air Flotator outlet mm
7.7.3 DRAIN Nozzle mm
7.7.4 Sample points nozzle mm
7.7.5 Settled Sludge Outlet Nozzle mm
7.7.6 Floated Sludge Outlet Nozzle mm
7.7.7 Treated Water Outlet Nozzle mm
7.7.8 Recirculation water Outlet Nozzle mm
7.7 Material of Construction -
7.7.1 Dissolved Air Flotator Tank
7.7.2 Scraper Blade
7.7.3 Troughs / Weirs
7.7.4 Bearings
7.7.5 All Bolts and Nuts
7.7.6 Polymer preparation unit piping
7.7.7 Recirculation water piping
7.7.8 Raw and clarified water piping
7.7.9 Static Mixer
7.7.10 Skimmer pipe
8 Flocculation Zone
8.1 Flocculation Tank Capacity m3
8.2 Tank size mm
8.3 Retention Time sec
8.4 Tank material
9 Dissolved Air Flotator Saturation vessel
9.1 Total No of Units in System
9.2 Type
9.3 Capacity Liters
9.4 Height (shell) mm
9.5 Height (overall) mm
9.6 Operating Pressure bar (g)
9.7 Design pressures bar (g)
9.8 Design temperatures (Min / max) deg C
9.9 PSV Set Pressure bar (g)

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 150 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 DAF EQUIPMENT

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

9.10 Material of Construction -
9.10.1 Shell
9.10.2 Head
9.10.3 Nozzle Necks
9.10.4 Flanges
9.10.5 Legs
9.11 Nozzle Connection on for Air Saturator -
9.11.1 Inlet from Recirculation Pump mm
9.11.2 Outlet air vent valve mm
9.11.3 PSV mm
9.11.4 Pressure indicator mm
9.11.5 Saturated water outlet mm
10 Polymer preparation unit
10.1 Total No of Units in System
10.2 Polymer type
10.3 Outlet Polyelectrolyte concentration %
10.4 Specific dosage in Raw Water ppm
10.5 Emulsified Polymer concentration (avg) %
10.6 Emulsified Polymer consumption at rated l/h
dosage
10.7 Dosage flowrate l/h
10.8 Required Service Water -
10.8.1 Flowrate m3/hr
10.8.2 Head bar (g)
10.8.3 Power consumption kw
10.8.4 Water inlet nozzle mm
10.9 Material of construction
10.9.1 Flotator Tank
10.9.2 Dissolutor
10.9.3 Piping
10.9.4 Bolts and nuts
10.10 Polymer Dosing Pump
10.10.1 Manufacturer / model
10.10.2 Design flowrate
10.11 Dimension and weights -
10.11.1 Preparation and storage tank volume Liters
10.11.3 Total weight kg
10.11.4 Overall Dimension mm
11 AIR COMPRESSOR
11.1 Total No of Units in System
11.2 Manufacturer/Model

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 151 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 DAF EQUIPMENT

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

11.3 Flowrate l/min
11.4 Pressure bar (g)
11.5 Weight kg
11.6 Power consumption kW
11.7 Overall Dimension mm
12 AIR RECEIVER
12.1 Total No of Units in System
12.2 Manufacturer
12.3 Air receiver model
12.4 Volume Liters
12.5 Pressure bar (g)
12.6 Material of construction
12.7 Weight kg
12.8 Overall Dimension mm
13 DRIVE MOTOR DETAILS
13.1 Type of Geared Motor
13.2 Geared Motor Manufacturer
12.3 Material of construction
12.4 Gear reduction ratio
12.5 Service factor
12.6 Class of Insulation
12.7 Type of enclosure
12.8 Rated Power kW
12.9 Voltage/ Frequency Volts/Hz
12.10 Motor speed rpm
12.11 Motor phases
13 DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS
13.1 Dissolved Air Flotator Tank empty kg
13.2 Dissolved Air Flotator Tank operating kg
13.3 Saturation unit skid kg
13.4 Walkway & stair kg
13.5 Electrical control panel. kg
13.7 Overall dimensions mm

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 152 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 Disc Filter

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

DISC FILTER

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number according to the P&ID
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer/Model
1.2 Country of Origin
2 DESIGN CODE / STANDARDS
2.1 Code / Standards
3 LIQUID DATA
3.1 Liquid
3.2 Temperature °C
3.3 Density kg/m3
3.4 Viscosity cSt
3.5 Vapor Pressure bara
See water conditions in
3.6 Water Quality
technical specification
4 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
4.1 Total height of location m.a.s.l.
4.2 Design height m.a.s.l.
4.3 Installation (indoor / outdoor)
See environmental conditions in
4.4 Humidity (min / max) %
Specifications
4.5 Ambient temperature ºC
4.6 Seismic conditions
5 PERFORMANCE DATA
5.1 Flow m3/h
5.2 TSS inlet mg/l
5.3 TSS outlet mg/l
6 DESIGN DATA
6.1 Number of units
6.2 Effective filtration area m2
6.3 Effective Area submerged m2
6.4 Nominal Filtering Gap microns

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 153 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 DISC FILTER

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

6.5 Disc diameter mm
6.6 Number of discs per unit
6.7 Type of Mesh
6.8 Submergence filter %
6.9 Filtration velocity m/h
6.10 Wash flow units
6.11 Flow pressure washing bar
6.12 No. of Backwash Nozzles (per disc) No.
6.13 Flow Pattern
7 MATERIAL
7.1 Drum & frame
7.2 Disc segment
7.3 Troughs
7.4 Rotor
7.6 Supports
7.7 Suction bars
Guide rollers, valves filter segments clamp
7.8
blades.
7.9 Pipe clamps. Bolts & nuts
7.10 Cover
8 DRIVE MOTOR DETAILS
8.1 Type of Geared Motor
8.2 Geared Motor Manufacturer
8.3 Material of construction
8.4 Gear reduction ratio
8.5 Service factor
8.6 Class of Insulation
8.7 Type of enclosure
8.8 Rated Power kW
8.9 Voltage/ Frequency Volts/ Hz
8.10 Motor speed rpm
8.11 Motor phases
9 BACKWASH SYSTEM
9.1 Strainer
9.2 desludging of backwash valve
9.3 desludging of backwash pipe set
9.4 Spray Pipes
9.5 Spray nozzles type
10 BACKWASH PUMPS
10.1 Manufacturer -
10.2 Model

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 154 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 DISC FILTER

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

10.3 Number of units
10.4 Flow m3/h
10.5 Flow pressure bar (g)
10.6 Motor shaft power kW
10.7 Motor rated power kW
10.8 Motor service factor
10.9 Speed rpm
10.11 Voltage V
10.12 Phases
10.14 Frequency Hz
10.15 Enclosure Protection (IP)
10.16 Material
10.16.1 Pump head
10.16.2 Impeller
10.16.3 Shaft
10.16.4 Piping
10.16.5 Strainer
11 LEVEL MEASUREMENT
11.1 Head loss level sensors Unit
11.2 Type
11.3 Model
11.4 Signal mA
11.5 Probe enclosure IP
11.6 Measuring range m
11.7 Electrical supply VDC
12 DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS
12.1 Empty Weight kg
12.2 Operating Weight kg
12.3 Length mm
12.4 Width mm
12.5 Height mm

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 155 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 Strainer

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

STRAINER

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number according to the P&ID
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
2 DESIGN CODE / STANDARDS
2.1 Code / Standards
3 WATER DATA
3.1 Fluid
3.2 Temperature °C
3.3 Density kg/m3
3.4 Viscosity cSt
3.5 Vapor Pressure bara
See water conditions in
3.6 Water Quality
technical specification
4 DESIGN DATA
4.1 Quantity
4.2 Model
4.3 Type
4.4 Nominal Diameter mm
4.5 Pressure class
4.6 Facing / connections
4.7 Working Pressure bar (g)
4.8 Temperature Range oC

4.9 Coating
5 PERFORMANCE DATA
5.1 Flow rate m3/hr
5.2 Mesh size microns
5.3 Loss coefficient
5.4 Strainer Pressure drop bar
6 MATERIAL
6.1 Body

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 156 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 STRAINER

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

6.2 Screen
6.3 Gasket
6.4 Cover
6.5 Drain Plug
6.6 Bolt
6.7 Flat Washer
7 DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT
7.1 Face to face dimension mm
7.2 Height mm
7.3 Weight of Strainer (empty) kg
7.4 Weight of Strainer (filled) kg

Foot Valve

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

FOOT VALVE

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number according to the P&ID
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
2 DESIGN CODE / STANDARDS
2.1 Code / Standards
3 WATER DATA
3.1 Fluid
3.2 Temperature °C
3.3 Density kg/m3
3.4 Viscosity cSt
3.5 Vapor Pressure bara
See water conditions in
3.6 Water Quality
technical specification
4 DESIGN DATA

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 157 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 FOOT VALVE

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

4.1 Quantity
4.2 Model
4.3 Nominal Diameter mm
4.4 Pressure class
4.5 Facing / connections
4.6 Working Pressure bar (g)
4.7 Temperature Range oC

4.8 Coating
5 PERFORMANCE DATA
5.1 Flow rate m3/hr
5.2 Pressure Drop bar
5.3 Minimum closing pressure bar
6 MATERIAL
6.1 Body
6.2 Plug & seat
6.3 Bolts & Nuts
6.4 Bushing
6.5 Strainer
6.6 Gasket
7 DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT
7.1 Valve height mm
7.2 Strainer height mm
7.3 Weight of Foot Valve kg
7.4 Weight of Inlet Strainer kg

Flap Valve

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

FLAP VALVE

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number according to the P&ID
1 GENERAL

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 158 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 FLAP VALVE

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
2 DESIGN CODE / STANDARDS
2.1 Code / Standards
3 WATER DATA
3.1 Fluid
3.2 Temperature °C
3.3 Density kg/m3
3.4 Viscosity cSt
3.5 Vapor Pressure bara
See water conditions in
3.6 Water Quality
technical specification
4 DESIGN DATA
4.1 Quantity
4.2 Model
4.3 Mounting
4.4 Nominal Diameter mm
4.5 Facing / connection
4.6 Maximum operating over pressure bar (g)
4.7 Maximum operating temperature oC

4.8 Coating
5 PERFORMANCE DATA
5.1 Flow rate m3/hr
5.2 Minimum closing pressure bar
5.3 Minimum opening pressure bar
6 MATERIAL
6.1 Body
6.2 Disc (Flap)
6.3 Body Seat Ring
6.4 Disc Seat Ring
6.5 Hinge pin/Pin/ Disc seat Bolt
6.6 Seal
7 DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT
7.1 Height mm
7.2 Outer width mm
7.3 Flap open dimension mm
7.4 Flap close dimension mm
7.5 Opening angle degree
7.6 Net weight kg

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 159 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 Plug Valve

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

PLUG VALVE

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number according to the P&ID
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
2 DESIGN CODE / STANDARDS
2.1 Code / Standards
3 WATER DATA
3.1 Fluid
3.2 Temperature °C
3.3 Density kg/m3
3.4 Viscosity cSt
3.5 Vapor Pressure bara
See water conditions in
3.6 Water Quality
technical specification
4 DESIGN DATA
4.1 Quantity
4.2 Model
4.3 Nominal Diameter mm
4.4 Facing / connection
4.5 Design pressure bar (g)
4.6 Design temperature oC

5 PERFORMANCE DATA
5.1 Flow rate m2/hr
5.2 Inlet pressure bar (g)
5.3 Outlet pressure bar (g)
5.4 Maximum losses in open position m
6 MATERIAL
6.1 Body
6.2 Body Bearing
6.3 Plug

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 160 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 PLUG VALVE

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

6.4 Stem
6.5 Grit Excluder
6.6 O-Ring
6.7 Bonnet
6.8 Bonnet Bearing
6.9 Bonnet Screws
6.10 Packing
6.11 Key
6.12 Glanding
6.13 Gland Stud
6.14 Grit Excluder
7 OPERATION
7.1 Valve Actuator
7.2 Actuator Type
8 DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT
8.1 Face to face dimension (Length) mm
8.2 Width mm
8.3 Height mm
8.4 Weight (valve empty) kg
8.5 Weight (valve filled) kg

CPVC Pipe

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

CPVC PIPE
ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN
Tag number according to the P&ID
1 GENERAL INFORMATION
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
1.3 Model No.(s)

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 161 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 1.4 Local Agent Details
1.5 Test certificate
2 PIPE DATA:
2.1 Type of pipe
2.2 Reference standard/Codes
2.3 Nominal diameter/Quantity mm/m
2.4 Length of pipe segment m
2.5 Wall thickness mm
2.6 Type of Joint
2.7 Sealing Rings
2.8 Type of connections
2.9 Pressure rating (Pipe class) bar
2.10 Allowable test pressure (in site) bar
2.11 Allowable test pressure (in factory) bar
2.12 Vacuum pressure bar
2.13 Weight /one meter Length kg/m
2.14 Temperature design factor
2.15 Storage’s precautions (if any)
2.16 Type of pipe support (if any)
2.17 Spacing of pipe support (if any) m

2.18 Joint deflection (if any) degree

CPVC FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN
1 GENERAL INFORMATION
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
1.3 Model No.(s)
1.4 Local Agent Details
1.5 Test certificate
2 FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES:
2.1 Reference standard/Codes
2.2 Type of joint
2.3 Sizes/Quantity
2.4 Wall Thickness mm
2.5 Pressure rating (Pipe class) bar
2.6 Vacuum pressure bar
2.7 Hydrostatic test pressure bar
2.8 Temperature design factor
2.9 Maximum compression
2.10 Maximum extension

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 162 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 GRE Pipe

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

GRE PIPE
ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN
Tag number according to the P&ID
1 GENERAL INFORMATION
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
1.3 Local Agent Details
1.4 Model No.(s)
1.5 Test Certificate
2 PIPE DATA:
2.1 Type of pipe
2.2 Reference standard/Codes
2.3 Nominal diameter/Quantity mm/m
2.4 Length of pipe segment m
2.5 Wall thickness mm
2.6 Manufacturing process of bends
2.7 Type of Joint
2.8 Type of connections
2.9 Pressure rating (Pipe class) bar
2.10 Allowable test pressure (in site) bar
2.11 Allowable test pressure (in factory) bar
2.13 Vacuum pressure bar
2.14 Weight /one meter Length kg/m
2.15 Temperature design factor
2.16 Storage’s precautions (if any)
2.18 Type of pipe support (if any)
2.19 Spacing of pipe support (if any) m

2.20 Joint deflection (if any) degree

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 163 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 Concrete Pipe

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

CONCRETE PIPE

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number according to the P&ID
1 GENERAL INFORMATION
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
1.3 Model No.(s)
1.4 Local Agent Details
1.5 Test certificate
2 PIPE DATA:
2.1 Type of pipe
2.2 Reference standard/Codes
- Pipe & fitting material
- Wall thickness calculation
- Internal lining
- Rubber gaskets for joints
2.3 Nominal diameter/Quantity mm/m
2.4 Length of pipe segment m
2.5 Wall thickness mm
2.6 Pressure rating (Pipe class) bar
2.7 Allowable test pressure (in site) bar
2.8 Allowable test pressure (in factory) bar
2.9 Weight /one meter Length kg/m
2.10 Temperature design factor
2.11 Type of pipe joints
2.12 Storage’s precautions (if any)
2.13 Type of pipe support
2.14 Spacing between pipe support
2.15 Material Physical properties
- Min. Tensile Strength
- Min. Yield Strength
- Min. Elongation at Break
- Max. Brinell Hardness
2.16 Calibration of Pipes
3 INTERNAL LINING:

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 164 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 CONCRETE PIPE

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

3.1 Manufacturer/ Applicator
- Name
- Country
- Yard
3.2 Standards/Codes
3.3 Material
3.4 Internal socket ends of pipe
4 EXTERNAL COATING/WRAPPING

FITTING AND ACCESSORIES

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

1 GENERAL INFORMATION
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
1.3 Model No.(s)
1.4 Local Agent Details
1.5 Test certificate
2 FITTING AND ACCESSORIES
2.1 Reference standard/Codes
2.2 Type of joint
2.3 Sizes/Quantity
2.4 Wall Thickness mm
2.5 Pressure rating (Pipe class) bar
2.7 Hydrostatic test pressure bar
2.8 Temperature design factor
2.9 Rubber gasket material:
3 INTERNAL LINING
3.1 Manufacturer/ Applicator
- Name
- Country
- Yard
3.2 Standards/Codes
3.3 Material

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 165 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 GI Pipe

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

GI PIPE

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number according to the P&ID
1 GENERAL INFORMATION
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
1.3 Model No.(s)
1.4 Local Agent Details
1.5 Test certificate
2 PIPE DATA:
2.1 Type of pipe
2.2 Reference standard/Codes
2.3 Nominal diameter/Quantity mm/m
2.4 Length of pipe segment m
2.5 Wall thickness mm
2.6 Pressure rating (Pipe class) bar
2.7 Schedule (20, 40, 80, ..)
2.8 Allowable test pressure (in site) bar
2.9 Allowable test pressure (in factory) bar
2.10 Weight /one meter Length kg/m
2.11 Temperature design factor
2.12 Storage’s precautions (if any)
2.13 Type of pipe support (if any)
2.14 Pipe ends
3 INTERNAL LINING:
3.1 Manufacturer/ Applicator
- name
- country
- yard

3.2 Standards/Codes
3.3 Zinc coating g/m2
4 EXTERNAL COATING/WRAPPING
4.1 Manufacturer/ Applicator
- name
- country
- yard
4.2 Standards/Codes

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 166 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 GI PIPE

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

4.3 Zinc coating g/m2

FITTINGS

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

1 GENERAL INFORMATION
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
1.3 Model No.(s)
1.4 Local Agent Details
1.5 Test certificate
2 FITTINGS:
2.1 Reference standard/Codes
2.2 Type of joint
2.3 Sizes/Quantity mm/unit
2.4 Wall Thickness mm
2.5 Pressure rating (Pipe class) bar
2.6 Schedule (20, 40, 80, ..)
2.7 Hydrostatic test pressure bar
2.8 Temperature design factor -
3 INTERNAL LINING:
3.1 Manufacturer/ Applicator
- name
- country
- yard
3.2 Standards/Codes
3.3 Zinc coating g/m2
4 EXTERNAL COATING/WRAPPING
4.1 Manufacturer/ Applicator
- name
- country
- yard
4.2 Standards/Codes
4.3 Zinc coating g/m2

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 167 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 3 Data Sheets for Electrical Components

Transformer

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

TRANSFORMER

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number according to the SLD
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
1.3 Model No.
2 STANDARD/CODE APPLICABLE
2.1 Specification Standard
3 TEST CERTIFICATE
3.1 Certificate Numbers & Date of Issue
4 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
4.1 Ambient Temperature
4.2 Relative Humidity
5 INSTALLATION
5.1 Indoor/Outdoor
5.2 Under Sunshade/Without Sunshade
5.3 Area Classification
6 TECHNICAL DATA
6.1 Type
6.1.1 Oil Immersed
6.1.2 Dry
6.2 Rated Power KVA
6.3 Rated Voltage KV
6.3.1 Primary
6.3.1.1 Line to Line KV
6.3.1.2 Line to Ground KV
6.3.2 Secondary
6.3.2.1 Line to Line KV
6.3.2.2 Line to Ground KV

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 168 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 TRANSFORMER

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

6.4 Rated Frequency Hz
6.5 Rated Current A
6.5.1 Primary no-load current A
6.5.2 Secondary full load current A
6.6 System
6.6.1 3 Phase
6.6.2 Unearthed
6.6.3 Impedance Earthed
6.6.4 Solidly Earthed
6.7 Cooling
6.7.1 Self/Fan Cooled
6.7.2 Oil/Air
6.8 Symmetrical Short Circuit Current
6.8.1 RMS @ 3 Sec. KA
6.9 Vector Group
6.10 Impedance Voltage %
6.11 Tap Changer:
6.11.1 Off-circuit
6.11.2 On load
6.11.3 Range
6.11.4 No. of positions
6.12 Losses
6.12.1 Normal W
6.12.2 Low W
6.13 Temperature Rise
6.13.1 Top of oil (for oil filled transformers) °C
6.13.2 Winding °C
6.14 Noise Level
6.15 Insulation Class
6.15.1 Enclosure
6.15.2 Sealed/Breather
6.15.3 Protection Class IP
6.16 Performance
6.16.1 Iron Losses W
6.16.2 Copper Losses W
6.16.3 Efficiency
6.16.4 At 50% load %
6.16.5 At 75% load %
6.16.6 At 100% load %
6.17 Oil

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 169 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 TRANSFORMER

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

6.17.1 Oil Filling
6.17.2 At manufacturer's works
6.17.3 At Site
6.17.4 Quantity of Oil Liters
6.17.5 Oil Grade
Interface with switchgear / station DCS /
6.18
SCADA System
6.19 Terminations:
6.19.1 Primary
6.19.2 Cable Box
6.19.3 Bushing
6.19.4 Secondary
6.19.5 Cable Box
6.19.6 Bus-bars
6.20 Cable Entries:
6.20.1 Primary
6.20.2 Secondary
Overall Dimensions of Complete
6.21
Transformers
6.21.1 height mm
6.21.2 width mm
6.21.3 depth mm
6.22 Estimated weight: kg
6.22.1 complete transformer including oil
6.23 Accessories:
6.23.1 Conservator
6.23.2 Buchloz relay
6.23.3 Dial thermometer
6.23.4 Skid under-base
6.23.5 Lifting lugs
6.23.6 2 Thermometer pockets
6.23.7 Silica gel
6.23.8 Relief valve
6.23.9 2 Temperature detectors
6.23.10 Bi-directional rollers
6.23.11 Level switch
7 TESTING & COMMISSIONING
7.1 Inspection (During Manufacturing)
7.2 Factory Acceptance Tests
7.3 Type Tests
7.4 Routine & Functional Tests

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 170 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 TRANSFORMER

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

7.5 Special Tests
8 PACKING (Required as specified)
9 LANGUAGE
9.1 Labels
9.2 Rating Plates
9.3 Documentation

Standby Diesel Generator

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

STANDBY DIESEL GENERATOR

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number according to the SLD
1 GENERAL
1.1 Diesel Engine
1.1.1 Manufacturer
1.1.2 Country of Origin
1.1.3 Model No.
1.2 AC Generator
1.2.1 Manufacturer
1.2.2 Country of Origin
1.2.3 Model No.
1.3 Engine Governor
1.3.1 Manufacturer
1.3.2 Country of Origin
1.3.3 Model No.
2 STANDARD/CODE APPLICABLE
2.1 Specification Standard
3 TEST CERTIFICATE
3.1 Certificate Numbers & Date of Issue
4 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 171 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 STANDBY DIESEL GENERATOR

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

4.1 Ambient Temperature
4.2 Relative Humidity
4.3 Altitude
5 INSTALLATION
5.1 Indoor/Outdoor
5.2 Under Sunshade/Without Sunshade
5.3 Area Classification
6 TECHNICAL DATA
6.1 Duty
6.1.1 Continuous
6.1.2 Prime Power
6.1.3 Standby
6.2 Rated Power KVA
6.3 Rated Voltage: KV
6.3.1 Line to Line KV
6.3.2 Line to Ground KV
6.4 Rated Frequency Hz
6.5 Rated Current A
6.6 Speed:
6.6.1 Rated Speed rpm
6.6.2 Engine Critical Speed rpm
6.6.3 Speed Regulation % Tolerance
6.7 Fuel Oil:
6.7.1 Fuel Consumption
At 110% Maximum Continuous Rating
6.7.2
M.C.R
6.7.3 At 100% M.C.R
6.7.4 At 75% M.C.R
6.7.5 At 50% M.C.R
6.8 Diesel Engine Construction
6.8.1 No. of Cylinders No.
6.8.2 Bore/Stroke mm
6.8.3 Mean Piston Speed m/sec
6.8.4 Displacement m3
6.8.5 Compression Ratio
6.8.6 Fuel Supply System
6.8.7 Lube Oil Filter Type
6.8.8 Fuel Oil Filter Type
6.8.9 Comb. Air Filter Type
6.8.10 Exhaust System

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 172 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 STANDBY DIESEL GENERATOR

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

6.9 System:
6.9.1 3 Phase+ Neutral
6.9.2 Unearthed
6.9.3 Impedance Earthed
6.9.4 Solidly Earthed
6.10 Short Circuit Ratio:
6.10.1 Xd
6.10.2 X'd
6.10.3 X''d
6.10.4 X2
6.10.5 X0
6.10.6 Ƭd
6.10.7 Ƭ'd
6.10.8 Ƭ''d
6.11 Voltage Regulation %
6.12 Protection Class IP
6.13 Performance
6.13.1 Mechanical Losses
6.13.1.1 At 50% load W
6.13.1.2 At 75% load W
6.13.1.3 At 100% load W
6.13.2 Electrical Losses
6.13.2.1 At 50% load W
6.13.2.2 At 75% load W
6.13.2.3 At 100% load W
6.13.3 Efficiency
6.13.3.1 At 50% load %
6.13.3.2 At 75% load %
6.13.3.3 At 100% load %
6.14 Parallel operation (Required/Not required)
6.15 NOISE LEVEL
Interface with switchgear / station DCS /
6.16
SCADA System
6.17 Exciter:
6.17.1 Nominal Voltage
6.17.2 Nominal Current
6.17.3 Max. Voltage
6.17.4 Max. Current
6.17.5 Type (Brushless rotary AC/DC/static)
6.18 AC Generator Construction:
6.18.1 Winding (3 phase star/Delta)

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 173 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 STANDBY DIESEL GENERATOR

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

6.18.2 No. of poles No.
6.18.3 Stator insulation class
6.18.4 Exciter insulation class
6.18.5 Lubrication (Grease/Lube oil)
6.18.6 Mounting (Foot/Flange/Horizontal)
6.18.7 Cooling Medium (Air/Water)
6.18.8 Cooling Flow m3/h
6.18.9 Temp. rise °C
6.18.10 Fan (Shaft driven/Motor driven)
6.18.11 Ducts
6.18.12 Mounting (Foot/Flange/Horizontal)
6.18.13 AVR type
6.18.14 No. of CTs
6.18.15 Temperature detection/protection:
6.18.15.1 No. of RTDs for winding
6.18.15.2 No. of thermistors for winding
6.18.15.3 No. of RTDs for bearing
6.18.15.4 No. of Thermocouple for bearing
6.18.16 Anti-Condensation heater:
6.18.16.1 Power W
6.18.16.2 Voltage V
6.18.17 Cable type & size:
6.18.17.1 Stator
6.18.17.2 Heater
6.18.17.3 Exciter
6.18.18 Mass:
6.18.18.1 Total kg
6.18.18.2 Rotor only kg
6.18.19 Dimensions:
6.18.19.1 Length mm
6.18.19.2 Width mm
6.18.19.3 Height mm
6.19 Control Panel:
Mounting (Set mounted/Separate wall
6.19.1
mounted/Separate floor mounted)
6.20 Dimensions:
6.20.1 Length mm
6.20.2 Width mm
6.20.3 Height mm
6.21 Diesel Generator Set ( Alternator + Engine)
6.21.1 Dimensions:

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 174 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 STANDBY DIESEL GENERATOR

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

6.21.1.1 Length mm
6.21.1.2 Width mm
6.21.1.3 Height mm
7 TESTING & COMMISSIONING
7.1 Inspection (During Manufacturing)
7.2 Factory Acceptance Tests
7.3 Type Tests
7.4 Routine & Functional Tests
7.5 Special Tests
8 PACKING (Required as specified)
9 LANGUAGE
9.1 Labels
9.2 Rating Plates
9.3 Documentation

MV Switchboards/ Motor Control Center

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

MV SWITCHBOARDS/ MOTOR CONTROL CENTER

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number according to the SLD
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
1.3 Model No.
2 STANDARD/CODE APPLICABLE
2.1 Specification Standard
3 TEST CERTIFICATE
3.1 Certificate Numbers & Date of Issue
4 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
4.1 Ambient Temperature

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 175 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 MV SWITCHBOARDS/ MOTOR CONTROL CENTER

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

4.2 Relative Humidity
5 INSTALLATION
5.1 Indoor/Outdoor
5.2 Under Sunshade/Without Sunshade
5.3 Area Classification
6 SUPPLY SOURCE(S) AND TYPE(S)
6.1 Single/Multiple (Mains/Generator….)
7 TECHNICAL DATA
7.1 System:
7.1.1 3 Phase
7.1.2 Unearthed
7.1.3 Impedance Earthed
7.1.4 Solidly Earthed
7.2 Rated Voltage KV
7.3 Rated insulation voltage KV
7.4 Rated operating voltage KV
7.4.1 Line to Line KV
7.4.2 Line to Ground KV
7.5 Rated impulse withstand voltage KV
7.6 Rated Frequency Hz
7.7 Rated Current A
SYMMETRICAL SHORT CIRCUIT
7.8
CURRENT
7.8.1 RMS @ 1 Sec. KA
7.8.2 Max. Peak. KA
7.9 Medium of Switching (SF6/Vacuum)
7.10 Control Supply (240/110/24) AC or DC
7.11 KWH Meters (shall be approved from SEC)
7.11.1 Type
7.11.2 CT Ratio
7.11.3 Class of Accuracy
7.11.4 Calibration Record
7.12 HARMONIC
7.12.1 % THD - Voltage
7.12.2 % THD - Current
Contactor shall submit detailed
list of relays, contactors, CTs and
7.13 Protection Relays & Metering PTs (type, VA, ratio) selector
switches and meters shall be
provided for each incomers/
outgoings feeder(s) as per the

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 176 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 MV SWITCHBOARDS/ MOTOR CONTROL CENTER

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

single line diagram and project
specific requirements.
Interface with switchgear / station DCS /
7.14
SCADA System
7.15 Construction:
7.16 Type
7.16.1 Metal Clad
7.16.2 Cubicle
7.16.3 Compartmented
7.16.4 Fully insulated
7.16.5 Draw-out/Semi-draw-out
7.17 Bus-bars
7.17.1 Phase bus-bars (single/double)
7.17.2 Material
7.17.3 Sections
7.17.4 Insulation
7.18 Mounting:
7.18.1 Free Floor Standing
7.18.2 Wall Mounting
7.19 Access:
7.19.1 Front access only
7.19.2 Back access only
7.19.3 Both
7.20 Cables Entries:
7.20.1 Top
7.20.2 Bottom
7.21 Enclosure Class IP
7.22 Sheet Thickness mm
7.23 Physical Dimensions
7.23.1 height mm
7.23.2 width mm
7.23.3 depth mm
7.24 Total Mass kg
7.25 Paint Finish
7.26 Facility to extend (Left/Right)
8 TESTING & COMMISSIONING
8.1 Inspection (During Manufacturing)
8.2 Factory Acceptance Tests
8.3 Type Tests
8.4 Routine & Functional Tests
8.5 Special Tests

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 177 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 MV SWITCHBOARDS/ MOTOR CONTROL CENTER

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

9 PACKING (Required as specified)
10 LANGUAGE
10.1 Labels
10.2 Rating Plates
10.3 Documentation

LV Switchboards/ Motor Control Center

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

LV SWITCHBOARDS/ MOTOR CONTROL CENTER

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number according to the SLD
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
1.3 Model No.
2 STANDARD/CODE APPLICABLE
2.1 Specification Standard
3 TEST CERTIFICATE
3.1 Certificate Numbers & Date of Issue
4 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
4.1 Ambient Temperature
4.2 Relative Humidity
5 INSTALLATION
5.1 Indoor/Outdoor
5.2 Under Sunshade/Without Sunshade
5.3 Area Classification
6 SUPPLY SOURCE(S) AND TYPE(S)
6.1 Single/Multiple (Mains/Generator….)
7 TECHNICAL DATA
7.1 System

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 178 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 LV SWITCHBOARDS/ MOTOR CONTROL CENTER

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

7.1.1 3 Phase
7.1.2 Unearthed
7.1.3 Impedance Earthed
7.1.4 Solidly Earthed
7.2 Rated Voltage KV
7.3 Rated insulation voltage KV
7.4 Rated operating voltage KV
7.4.1 Line to Line KV
7.4.2 Line to Ground KV
7.5 Rated impulse withstand voltage KV
7.6 Rated Frequency Hz
7.7 Rated Current A
7.8 Symmetrical Short Circuit Current
7.8.1 RMS @ 1 Sec. KA
7.8.2 Max. Peak. KA
7.8.3 Control Supply (240/110/24) AC or DC
KWH Meters (Shall Be Approved From
7.9
SEC)
7.9.1 Type
7.9.2 CT Ratio
7.9.3 Class of Accuracy
7.9.4 Calibration Record
7.10 Harmonic
7.10.1 % THD - Voltage
7.10.2 % THD - Current
Contactor shall submit detailed
list of relays, contactors, CTs and
PTs (type, VA, ratio) selector
switches and meters shall be
7.11 Protection Relays & Metering
provided for each incomers/
outgoings feeder(s) as per the
single line diagram and project
specific requirements.
Interface with switchgear / station DCS /
7.12
SCADA System
7.13 Construction
7.14 Type
7.14.1 Metal Clad
7.14.2 Cubicle
7.14.3 Compartmented
7.14.4 Fully insulated
7.14.5 Draw-out/Semi-draw-out
7.15 Formation

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 179 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 LV SWITCHBOARDS/ MOTOR CONTROL CENTER

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

7.15.1 2b or 4b
7.16 Bus-bars
7.16.1 Phase bus-bars (single/double)
7.16.2 Material
7.16.3 Sections
7.16.4 Insulation
7.17 Mounting:
7.17.1 Free Floor Standing
7.17.2 Wall Mounting
7.18 Access:
7.18.1 Front access only
7.18.2 Back access only
7.18.3 Both
7.19 Cables Entries:
7.19.1 Top
7.19.2 Bottom
7.20 Enclosure Class IP
7.21 Sheet Thickness mm
7.22 Physical Dimensions
7.22.1 height mm
7.22.2 width mm
7.22.3 depth mm
7.23 Total Mass kg
7.24 Paint Finish
7.25 Facility to extend (Left/Right)
8 TESTING & COMMISSIONING
8.1 Inspection (During Manufacturing)
8.2 Factory Acceptance Tests
8.3 Type Tests
8.4 Routine & Functional Tests
8.5 Special Tests
9 PACKING (Required as specified)
10 LANGUAGE
10.1 Labels
10.2 Rating Plates
10.3 Documentation

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 180 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 Power Factor Correction System

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

POWER FACTOR CORRECTION SYSTEM

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number according to the SLD
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
1.3 Model No.
2 STANDARD/CODE APPLICABLE
2.1 Specification Standard
3 TEST CERTIFICATE
3.1 Certificate Numbers & Date of Issue
4 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
4.1 Ambient Temperature
4.2 Relative Humidity
5 INSTALLATION
5.1 Indoor/Outdoor
5.2 Under Sunshade/Without Sunshade
5.3 Area Classification
6 TECHNICAL DATA
6.1 Capacitor (Type)
6.1.1 Safety features
6.1.2 Internal connection (3Phase, Delta)
6.1.3 Rated Operating Voltage
6.1.4 Rated insulation Level
6.1.5 Rated Operating frequency
6.1.6 Total Number of steps/kVAr
6.1.7 Each Step kVAr
6.1.8 Capacitor tolerance
6.1.9 In-rush current
6.1.10 Discharge time <50V in 1 Min.
6.1.11 Losses <0.5W/kVAr including disc. Resistor
6.1.12 SCPD Fuse/MCCB (Type/Rating/SC Ie) Use relevant data sheet
6.1.13 Incomer ISO/MCCB (Type/Rating/SC Ie) Use relevant data sheet

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 181 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 POWER FACTOR CORRECTION SYSTEM

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

6.1.14 Contactor AC6b duty
6.1.15 Continuous Overvoltage
6.1.16 Recommended Harmonic Current
6.1.17 Recommended Harmonic Voltage
6.1.18 Method of Mounting (Vertical/Horizontal)
6.1.19 IP Rating
6.1.20 Anti-resonance detuned reactor (type/rating)
6.1.21 Harmonic filter (type/rating)
6.1.22 THD (%)
6.1.23 PFCC Regulator Type
6.1.24 Number of steps
6.1.25 Switching sequence
6.1.26 CT Ratio
Interface with switchgear / station
6.2
DCS / SCADA System
6.3 DISPLAY CONDITIONS: -
6.3.1 Power Factor
6.3.2 Number of steps connected
6.3.3 Connection time
6.3.4 Disconnection time
6.3.5 Reactive Current
6.3.6 Active Power
6.3.7 Reactive Power
6.3.8 THD Voltage
6.4 Alarm Conditions: -
6.4.1 Low Power Factor
6.4.2 Abnormal Power Factor
6.4.3 Leading Power Factor
6.4.4 Overcurrent
6.4.5 Over-temperature
6.4.6 Overvoltage
6.4.7 THD High
6.4.8 Capacitor Overload
6.4.9 Others
6.5 Mounting:
6.5.1 Free Floor Standing
6.5.2 Wall Mounting
6.6 Access:
6.6.1 Front access only
6.6.2 Back access only

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 182 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 POWER FACTOR CORRECTION SYSTEM

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

6.6.3 Both
6.7 Cables Entries:
6.7.1 Top
6.7.2 Bottom
6.8 Enclosure Class IP
6.9 Sheet Thickness mm
6.10 Physical Dimensions
6.10.1 height mm
6.10.2 width mm
6.10.3 depth mm
6.11 Total Mass kg
6.12 Paint Finish
7 TESTING & COMMISSIONING
7.1 Inspection (During Manufacturing)
7.2 Factory Acceptance Tests
7.3 Type Tests
7.4 Routine & Functional Tests
7.5 Special Tests
8 PACKING (Required as specified)
9 LANGUAGE
9.1 Labels
9.2 Rating Plates
9.3 Documentation

Medium Voltage Motors

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

MEDIUM VOLTAGE MOTORS

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number according to the SLD
1 GENERAL

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 183 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 MEDIUM VOLTAGE MOTORS

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
1.3 Model No.
2 STANDARD/CODE APPLICABLE
2.1 Specification Standard
3 TEST CERTIFICATE
3.1 Certificate Numbers & Date of Issue
4 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
4.1 Ambient Temperature
4.2 Relative Humidity
5 INSTALLATION
5.1 Indoor/Outdoor
5.2 Under Sunshade/Without Sunshade
5.3 Area Classification
6 TECHNICAL DATA
6.1 System
6.1.1 3 Phase
6.1.2 Unearthed
6.1.3 Impedance Earthed
6.1.4 Solidly Earthed
6.2 Rated Power kW
6.3 Rated Voltage
6.3.1 Line to Line KV
6.3.2 Line to Neutral KV
6.4 Rated Frequency Hz
6.5 Rated Current
6.5.1 Full Load Current A
6.5.2 Starting Current %
6.5.3 Starting PF
6.6 Starting Method
DOL/Auto-Transformer/Soft Starter/
6.6.1
Frequency Controller
6.7 Rated Speed
6.7.1 Full Load rpm
6.7.2 Synchronous rpm
6.8 Rated Torque
6.8.1 Full Load
6.8.2 Starting % F.L.
6.8.3 Maximum % F.L.
6.9 Duty

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 184 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 MEDIUM VOLTAGE MOTORS

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

6.9.1 Starts per Hour No.
Reacceleration/Lunching/Plugging/Reversin
6.9.2
g
Direction of Rotation (Clockwise/Anti-
6.10
Clockwise)
6.11 Starting Time at:
6.11.1 Ambient Temperature Sec
6.11.2 Running Temperature Sec
6.11.3 Max. allowable ambient temperature Sec
6.11.4 Max. allowable running temperature Sec
6.12 Performance:
6.12.1 At 50%:
6.12.1.1 Slip %
6.12.1.2 P.F.
6.12.1.3 Efficiency %
6.12.2 At 75%:
6.12.2.1 Slip %
6.12.2.2 P.F.
6.12.2.3 Efficiency %
6.12.3 At 100%:
6.12.3.1 Slip %
6.12.3.2 P.F.
6.12.3.3 Efficiency %
6.13 Noise Level db (A)
6.14 Driven Equipment
6.14.1 Fan/Pump/Compressor/Blower
6.15 Coupling
Direct/belt/chain/gear
6.15.1
box/electromagnet/hydraulic
6.16 Duty
6.16.1 Continuous/Intermittent
6.17 Construction
6.17.1 Winding:
6.17.1.1 3 Phase Star/Delta
6.17.2 Insulation Class:
6.17.2.1 Temperature rise according to:
6.17.3 Bearing:
6.17.3.1 Ball/Roller/Sleeve
6.17.4 Lubrication:
6.17.4.1 Grease/Oil forced
6.17.5 Mounting:

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 185 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 MEDIUM VOLTAGE MOTORS

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

6.17.5.1 Foot/Flange
6.17.5.2 Horizontal/Vertical
6.17.6 Vertical Thrust:
6.17.6.1 Up/Down
6.17.7 Cooling:
6.17.7.1 Open fan cooled/TEFC
6.17.8 Protection Class IP
6.17.9 Temperature Protection:
6.17.9.1 Thermistors (for winding) No.
6.17.9.2 RTD (for winding) No.
6.17.9.3 RTD (for bearing) No.
6.17.9.4 Thermo Couples (for bearing) No.
6.17.10 Heater:
6.17.10.1 Power W
6.17.10.2 Voltage V
6.17.10.3 Frequency Hz
6.17.11 Cables' Box(es):
6.17.11.1 Motor cable type/size
6.17.11.2 Heater cable type/size
6.17.11.3 Sensors cable type/size
6.17.12 Cooling Fans:
6.17.12.1 No/shaft driven/Elect. Motor
6.17.12.2 Fan Motor:
6.17.12.3 Power W
6.17.12.4 Phase
6.17.12.5 Voltage V
6.17.12.6 Frequency Hz
6.17.13 Mass:
6.17.13.1 Total kg
6.17.13.2 Rotor kg
6.18 Moment of Inertia Kgm2
6.19 Paint finish:
6.19.1 Manufacturer's standard
6.19.2 Required paint finish
6.20 Earthing bolt:
6.20.1 In cable box/Outside
7 TESTING & COMMISSIONING
7.1 Inspection (During Manufacturing)
7.2 Factory Acceptance Tests
7.3 Type Tests

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 186 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 MEDIUM VOLTAGE MOTORS

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

7.4 Routine & Functional Tests
7.5 Special Tests
8 PACKING (Required as specified)
9 LANGUAGE
9.1 Labels
9.2 Rating Plates
9.3 Documentation

Low Voltage Motors

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

LOW VOLTAGE MOTORS

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number according to the SLD
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
1.3 Model No.
2 STANDARD/CODE APPLICABLE
2.1 Specification Standard
3 TEST CERTIFICATE
3.1 Certificate Numbers & Date of Issue
4 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
4.1 Ambient Temperature
4.2 Relative Humidity
5 INSTALLATION
5.1 Indoor/Outdoor
5.2 Under Sunshade/Without Sunshade
5.3 Area Classification
6 TECHNICAL DATA
6.1 System

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 187 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 LOW VOLTAGE MOTORS

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

6.1.1 3 Phase
6.1.2 Unearthed
6.1.3 Impedance Earthed
6.1.4 Solidly Earthed
6.2 Rated Power kW
6.3 Rated Voltage
6.3.1 Line to Line KV
6.3.2 Line to Neutral KV
6.4 Rated Frequency Hz
6.5 Rated Current
6.5.1 Full Load Current A
6.5.2 Starting Current %
6.5.3 Starting PF
6.6 Starting Method
DOL/Star-Delta/Auto-Transformer/Soft
6.6.1
Starter/ Frequency Controller
6.7 Rated Speed
6.7.1 Full Load rpm
6.7.2 Synchronous rpm
6.8 Rated Torque
6.8.1 Full Load
6.8.2 Starting % F.L.
6.8.3 Maximum % F.L.
6.9 Duty
6.9.1 Starts per Hour No.
Reacceleration/Lunching/Plugging/Reversin
6.9.2
g
Direction of Rotation (Clockwise/Anti-
6.10
Clockwise)
6.11 Starting Time at:
6.11.1 Ambient Temperature Sec
6.11.2 Running Temperature Sec
6.11.3 Max. allowable ambient temperature Sec
6.11.4 Max. allowable running temperature Sec
6.12 Performance:
6.12.1 At 50%:
6.12.1.1 Slip %
6.12.1.2 P.F.
6.12.1.3 Efficiency %
6.12.2 At 75%:
6.12.2.1 Slip %

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 188 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 LOW VOLTAGE MOTORS

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

6.12.2.2 P.F.
6.12.2.3 Efficiency %
6.12.3 At 100%:
6.12.3.1 Slip %
6.12.3.2 P.F.
6.12.3.3 Efficiency %
6.13 Noise Level db (A)
6.14 Driven Equipment
6.14.1 Fan/Pump/Compressor/Blower
6.15 Coupling
Direct/belt/chain/gear
6.15
box/electromagnet/hydraulic
6.16 Duty
6.16.1 Continuous/Intermittent
6.17 Construction
6.17.1 Winding:
6.17.1.1 3 Phase Star/Delta
6.17.2 Insulation Class:
6.17.2.1 Temperature rise according to:
6.17.3 Bearing:
6.17.3.1 Ball/Roller/Sleeve
6.17.4 Lubrication:
6.17.4.1 Grease/Oil forced
6.17.5 Mounting:
6.17.5.1 Foot/Flange
6.17.5.2 Horizontal/Vertical
6.17.6 Vertical Thrust:
6.17.6.1 Up/Down
6.17.7 Cooling:
6.17.7.1 Open fan cooled/TEFC
6.17.8 Protection Class IP
6.17.9 Temperature Protection:
6.17.9.1 Thermistors (for winding) No.
6.17.9.2 RTD (for winding) No.
6.17.9.3 RTD (for bearing) No.
6.17.9.4 Thermo Couples (for bearing) No.
6.17.10 Heater:
6.17.10.1 Power W
6.17.10.2 Voltage V
6.17.10.3 Frequency Hz
6.17.11 Cables' Box(es):

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 189 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 LOW VOLTAGE MOTORS

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

6.17.11.1 Motor cable type/size
6.17.11.2 Heater cable type/size
6.17.11.3 Sensors cable type/size
6.17.12 Cooling Fans:
6.17.12.1 No/shaft driven/Elect. Motor
6.17.12.2 Fan Motor:
6.17.12.3 Power W
6.17.12.4 Phase
6.17.12.5 Voltage V
6.17.12.6 Frequency Hz
6.17.13 Mass:
6.17.13.1 Total kg
6.17.13.2 Rotor kg
6.18 Moment of Inertia Kgm2
6.19 Paint finish:
6.19.1 Manufacturer's standard
6.19.2 Required paint finish
6.20 Earthing bolt:
6.20.1 In cable box/Outside
7 TESTING & COMMISSIONING
7.1 Inspection (During Manufacturing)
7.2 Factory Acceptance Tests
7.3 Type Tests
7.4 Routine & Functional Tests
7.5 Special Tests
8 PACKING (Required as specified)
9 LANGUAGE
9.1 Labels
9.2 Rating Plates
9.3 Documentation

Medium Voltage Variable Speed Drive System

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 190 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 MEDIUM VOLTAGE VARIABLE SPEED DRIVE SYSTEM

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number according to the SLD
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
1.3 Model No.
2 STANDARD/CODE APPLICABLE
2.1 Specification Standard
3 TEST CERTIFICATE
3.1 Certificate Numbers & Date of Issue
4 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
4.1 Ambient Temperature
4.2 Relative Humidity
5 INSTALLATION
5.1 Indoor/Outdoor
5.2 Under Sunshade/Without Sunshade
5.3 Area Classification
6 TECHNICAL DATA
6.1 System
6.1.1 3 Phase
6.1.2 Unearthed
6.1.3 Impedance Earthed
6.1.4 Solidly Earthed
6.2 Rated Voltage (4.16/11/other) KV
6.3 Rated Frequency Hz 60
6.4 Rated Current A
6.5 General (VFD):
6.5.1 Input voltage V
6.5.2 Rated network frequency Hz 60
6.5.3 Rated power of converter KVA
6.5.4 Output voltage V
6.5.5 Output current A
6.6 Motor
6.6.1 3 Phase Star/ 3 Phase delta
6.6.2 Rated power kW
6.6.3 Rated voltage V
6.6.4 Rated current A
6.6.5 Rated frequency Hz 60
6.6.6 Rated torque
6.6.7 Type of driven equipment
6.7 Frequency Converter

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 191 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 MEDIUM VOLTAGE VARIABLE SPEED DRIVE SYSTEM

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

6.7.1 Function
6.7.1.1 Voltage Inverter
6.7.1.2 Current Inverter
6.7.1.3 Rectifier type
6.7.1.4 Inverter type
6.7.1.5 Output frequency range
Harmonic current distortion compensation
6.7.2
by:
6.7.2.1 Choke filter
6.7.2.2 Mains filter
6.7.2.3 Special transformer
Radio interference protection according to
6.7.3
VDE 0875:
6.7.3.1 Grade N
6.7.3.2 Grade K
6.7.3.3 Power factor
6.7.3.4 Efficiency
6.7.4 Auxiliary voltages:
6.7.4.1 Internal/External voltage V
6.7.4.2 Control voltage V
6.7.4.3 Protection voltage V
6.7.4.4 Signaling V
6.7.5 Memory for fault diagnostics:
6.7.5.1 Required/Not required
6.7.6 Flying restart facility:
6.7.6.1 Required/Not required
6.7.6.2 Acceleration time
6.7.6.3 Starting time
6.7.6.4 Deceleration time
6.7.7 Breaking Module:
6.7.7.1 Required/Not required
6.7.8 Control input signals:
6.7.8.1 Converter on/off (local/remote/both)
6.7.8.2 Speed setting (local/remote/both)
6.7.8.3 Digital port(parallel/serial)
6.7.8.4 Signals (4-20mA/0-10V)
Control output signals required for control
6.7.9
system:
6.7.9.1 Alarm (NO/NC)
6.7.9.2 Bypass Closed (NO/NC)
6.7.9.3 Converter running (NO/NC)

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 192 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 MEDIUM VOLTAGE VARIABLE SPEED DRIVE SYSTEM

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

6.7.9.4 Converter standby (NO/NC)
Frequency transmission (4-20mA/0-10V)
6.7.9.5
(NO/NC)
Contactor shall submit detailed
list of protection functions as per
6.7.10 Protection Functions
the single line diagram and
project specific requirements.
Contactor shall submit detailed
list of measuring functions as per
6.7.11 Measuring Functions
the single line diagram and
project specific requirements.
6.7.12 Harmonic contents (% of fundamental)
6.7.12.1 (Detailed table to be provided)
6.7.13 Reliability date of system elements
6.7.13.1 (Detailed table to be provided)
7 CONSTRUCTION
7.1 Converter Panel
7.1.1 Height x Width x depth
7.2 Mass
7.2.1 Noise level dB
7.3 Cable entry
7.3.1 Bottom/up
7.4 Cable size and length
7.4.1 Incoming
7.4.2 Outgoing
7.5 Enclosure Class IP
7.6 Ventilator in converter panel (Details)
7.6.1 Anti-condensation heater in panel (details)
7.6.2 Cooling of the inverter (details)
7.6.3 Paint Finish
8 TESTING & COMMISSIONING
8.1 Inspection (During Manufacturing)
8.2 Factory Acceptance Tests
8.3 Type Tests
8.4 Routine & Functional Tests
8.5 Special Tests
9 PACKING (Required as specified)
10 LANGUAGE
10.1 Labels
10.2 Rating Plates

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 193 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 Low Voltage Variable Speed Drive System

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

LOW VOLTAGE VARIABLE SPEED DRIVE SYSTEM

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number according to the SLD
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
1.3 Model No.
2 STANDARD/CODE APPLICABLE
2.1 Specification Standard
3 TEST CERTIFICATE
3.1 Certificate Numbers & Date of Issue
4 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
4.1 Ambient Temperature
4.2 Relative Humidity
5 INSTALLATION
5.1 Indoor/Outdoor
5.2 Under Sunshade/Without Sunshade
5.3 Area Classification
6 TECHNICAL DATA
6.1 System
6.1.1 3 Phase
6.1.2 Unearthed
6.1.3 Impedance Earthed
6.1.4 Solidly Earthed
6.2 Rated Voltage KV 0.4
6.3 Rated Frequency Hz 60
6.4 Rated Current A
6.5 General (VFD):
6.5.1 Input voltage V
6.5.2 Rated network frequency Hz 60
6.5.3 Rated power of converter KVA
6.5.4 Output voltage V
6.5.5 Output current A

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 194 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 LOW VOLTAGE VARIABLE SPEED DRIVE SYSTEM

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

6.6 Motor
6.6.1 3 Phase Star/ 3 Phase delta
6.6.2 Rated power kW
6.6.3 Rated voltage V
6.6.4 Rated current A
6.6.5 Rated frequency Hz 60
6.6.6 Rated torque
6.6.7 Type of driven equipment
6.7 Frequency Converter
6.7.1 Function
6.7.1.1 Voltage Inverter
6.7.1.2 Current Inverter
6.7.1.3 Rectifier type
6.7.1.4 Inverter type
6.7.1.5 Output frequency range
Harmonic current distortion compensation
6.7.2
by:
6.7.2.1 Choke filter
6.7.2.2 Mains filter
6.7.2.3 Special transformer
Radio interference protection according to
6.7.3
VDE 0875:
6.7.3.1 Grade N
6.7.3.2 Grade K
6.7.3.3 Power factor
6.7.3.4 Efficiency
6.7.4 Auxiliary voltages:
6.7.4.1 Internal/External voltage V
6.7.4.2 Control voltage V
6.7.4.3 Protection voltage V
6.7.4.4 Signaling V
6.7.5 Memory for fault diagnostics:
6.7.5.1 Required/Not required
6.7.6 Flying restart facility:
6.7.6.1 Required/Not required
6.7.6.2 Acceleration time
6.7.6.3 Starting time
6.7.6.4 Deceleration time
6.7.7 Breaking Module:
6.7.7.1 Required/Not required
6.7.8 Control input signals:

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 195 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 LOW VOLTAGE VARIABLE SPEED DRIVE SYSTEM

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

6.7.8.1 Converter on/off (local/remote/both)
6.7.8.2 Speed setting (local/remote/both)
6.7.8.3 Digital port(parallel/serial)
6.7.8.4 Signals (4-20mA/0-10V)
Control output signals required for control
6.7.9
system:
6.7.9.1 Alarm (NO/NC)
6.7.9.2 Bypass Closed (NO/NC)
6.7.9.3 Converter running (NO/NC)
6.7.9.4 Converter standby (NO/NC)
Frequency transmission (4-20mA/0-10V)
6.7.9.5
(NO/NC)
Contactor shall submit detailed
list of protection functions as per
6.7.10 Protection Functions
the single line diagram and
project specific requirements.
Contactor shall submit detailed
list of measuring functions as per
6.7.11 Measuring Functions
the single line diagram and
project specific requirements.
6.7.12 Harmonic contents (% of fundamental)
6.7.12.1 (Detailed table to be provided)
6.7.13 Reliability date of system elements
6.7.13.1 (Detailed table to be provided)
7 Construction
7.1 Converter Panel
7.1.1 Height x Width x depth
7.2 Mass
7.2.1 Noise level dB
7.3 Cable entry
7.3.1 Bottom/up
7.4 Cable size and length
7.4.1 Incoming
7.4.2 Outgoing
7.5 Enclosure Class IP
7.5.1 Ventilator in converter panel (Details)
7.5.1.1 Anti-condensation heater in panel (details)
7.5.1.2 Cooling of the inverter (details)
7.5.1.3 Paint Finish
8 TESTING & COMMISSIONING
8.1 Inspection (During Manufacturing)
8.2 Factory Acceptance Tests

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 196 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 LOW VOLTAGE VARIABLE SPEED DRIVE SYSTEM

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

8.3 Type Tests
8.4 Routine & Functional Tests
8.5 Special Tests
9 PACKING (Required as specified)
10 LANGUAGE
10.1 Labels
10.2 Rating Plates

Medium Voltage Soft Starter

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

MEDIUM VOLTAGE SOFT STARTER

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number according to the SLD
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
1.3 Model No.
2 STANDARD/CODE APPLICABLE
2.1 Specification Standard
3 TEST CERTIFICATE
3.1 Certificate Numbers & Date of Issue
4 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
4.1 Ambient Temperature
4.2 Relative Humidity
5 INSTALLATION
5.1 Indoor/Outdoor
5.2 Under Sunshade/Without Sunshade
5.3 Area Classification
6 TECHNICAL DATA
6.1 System

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 197 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 MEDIUM VOLTAGE SOFT STARTER

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

6.1.1 3 Phase
6.1.2 Unearthed
6.1.3 Impedance Earthed
6.1.4 Solidly Earthed
6.2 Rated Voltage (4.16/11/other) KV
6.3 Rated Frequency Hz 60
6.4 Rated Current A
6.5 General (VFD):
6.5.1 Input voltage V
6.5.2 Rated network frequency Hz 60
6.5.3 Rated power of converter KVA
6.5.4 Output voltage V
6.5.5 Output current A
6.6 Motor
6.6.1 3 Phase Star/ 3 Phase delta
6.6.2 Rated power kW
6.6.3 Rated voltage V
6.6.4 Rated current A
6.6.5 Rated frequency Hz 60
6.6.6 Rated torque
6.6.7 Type of driven equipment
6.7 Auxiliary voltages:
6.7.1 Internal/External voltage V
6.7.2 Control voltage V
6.7.3 Protection voltage V
6.7.4 Signaling V
6.8 Memory for fault diagnostics:
6.8.1 Required/Not required
6.9 Flying restart facility:
6.9.1 Required/Not required
6.9.2 Acceleration time
6.9.3 Starting time
6.9.4 Stopping time
6.9.5 Deceleration time
6.10 Breaking Module:
6.10.1 Required/Not required
6.11 Control input signals:
6.11.1 Converter on/off (local/remote/both)
6.11.2 Speed setting (local/remote/both)
6.11.3 Digital port(parallel/serial)

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 198 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 MEDIUM VOLTAGE SOFT STARTER

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

6.11.4 Signals (4-20mA/0-10V)
Control output signals required for control
6.12
system:
6.12.1 Alarm (NO/NC)
6.12.2 Bypass Closed (NO/NC)
Contactor shall submit detailed
list of protection functions as per
6.13 Protection Functions
the single line diagram and
project specific requirements.
Contactor shall submit detailed
list of measuring functions as per
6.14 Measuring Functions
the single line diagram and
project specific requirements.
6.15 Reliability date of system elements
6.15.1 (Detailed table to be provided)
7 Construction
7.1 Soft starter Panel
7.1.1 Height x Width x depth
7.2 Mass
7.2.1 Noise level dB
7.3 Cable entry
7.3.1 Bottom/up
7.4 Cable size and length
7.4.1 Incoming
7.4.2 Outgoing
7.5 Enclosure Class IP
8 TESTING & COMMISSIONING
8.1 Inspection (During Manufacturing)
8.2 Factory Acceptance Tests
8.3 Type Tests
8.4 Routine & Functional Tests
8.5 Special Tests
9 PACKING (Required as specified)
10 LANGUAGE
10.1 Labels
10.2 Rating Plates
10.3 Documentation

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 199 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 Low Voltage Soft Starter

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

LOW VOLTAGE SOFT STARTER

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number according to the SLD
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
1.3 Model No.
2 STANDARD/CODE APPLICABLE
2.1 Specification Standard
3 TEST CERTIFICATE
3.1 Certificate Numbers & Date of Issue
4 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
4.1 Ambient Temperature
4.2 Relative Humidity
5 INSTALLATION
5.1 Indoor/Outdoor
5.2 Under Sunshade/Without Sunshade
5.3 Area Classification
6 TECHNICAL DATA
6.1 System
6.1.1 3 Phase
6.1.2 Unearthed
6.1.3 Impedance Earthed
6.1.4 Solidly Earthed
6.2 Rated Voltage KV 0.4
6.3 Rated Frequency Hz 60
6.4 Rated Current A
6.5 General (VFD):
6.5.1 Input voltage V
6.5.2 Rated network frequency Hz 60
6.5.3 Rated power of converter KVA
6.5.4 Output voltage V
6.5.5 Output current A

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 200 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 LOW VOLTAGE SOFT STARTER

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

6.6 Motor
6.6.1 3 Phase Star/ 3 Phase delta
6.6.2 Rated power kW
6.6.3 Rated voltage V
6.6.4 Rated current A
6.6.5 Rated frequency Hz 60
6.6.6 Rated torque
6.6.7 Type of driven equipment
6.7 Auxiliary voltages:
6.7.1 Internal/External voltage V
6.7.2 Control voltage V
6.7.3 Protection voltage V
6.7.4 Signaling V
6.8 Memory for fault diagnostics:
6.8.1 Required/Not required
6.9 Flying restart facility:
6.9.1 Required/Not required
6.9.2 Acceleration time
6.9.3 Starting time
6.9.4 Stopping time
6.9.5 Deceleration time
6.10 Breaking Module:
6.10.1 Required/Not required
6.11 Control input signals:
6.11.1 Converter on/off (local/remote/both)
6.11.2 Speed setting (local/remote/both)
6.11.3 Digital port(parallel/serial)
6.11.4 Signals (4-20mA/0-10V)
Control output signals required for control
6.12
system:
6.12.1 Alarm (NO/NC)
6.12.2 Bypass Closed (NO/NC)
Contactor shall submit detailed
list of protection functions as per
6.13 Protection Functions
the single line diagram and
project specific requirements.
Contactor shall submit detailed
list of measuring functions as per
6.14 Measuring Functions
the single line diagram and
project specific requirements.
6.15 Reliability date of system elements
6.15.1 (Detailed table to be provided)

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 201 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 LOW VOLTAGE SOFT STARTER

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

7 CONSTRUCTION
7.1 Soft starter Panel
7.1.1 Height x Width x depth
7.2 Mass
7.2.1 Noise level dB
7.3 Cable entry
7.3.1 Bottom/up
7.4 Cable size and length
7.4.1 Incoming
7.4.2 Outgoing
7.5 Enclosure Class IP
8 TESTING & COMMISSIONING
8.1 Inspection (During Manufacturing)
8.2 Factory Acceptance Tests
8.3 Type Tests
8.4 Routine & Functional Tests
8.5 Special Tests
9 PACKING (Required as specified)
10 LANGUAGE
10.1 Labels
10.2 Rating Plates
10.3 Documentation

Air Circuit Breaker

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

AIR CIRCUIT BREAKER

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number according to the SLD
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 202 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 AIR CIRCUIT BREAKER

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

1.2 Country of Origin
1.3 Model No.
2 STANDARD/CODE APPLICABLE
2.1 Specification Standard
3 TEST CERTIFICATE
3.1 Certificate Numbers & Date of Issue
4 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
4.1 Ambient Temperature
4.2 Relative Humidity
5 INSTALLATION
5.1 Indoor/Outdoor
5.2 Under Sunshade/Without Sunshade
5.3 Area Classification
6 TECHNICAL DATA
6.1 Rated insulation voltage V
6.2 Rated operating voltage V
6.3 Rated impulse withstand voltage V
6.4 Number of poles No.
6.5 Rated current at 40 Deg C A
6.6 Derating Factor
6.7 Rated current at 50 Deg C A
6.8 Factory calibration at 50 Deg C
6.9 Ultimate short circuit breaking capacity KA
6.10 Service short circuit breaking capacity KA
6.11 Short time withstand current for 1 second Sec
Breaker type – Draw-out & Electrical
6.12
operated
6.13 Trip Unit – Microprocessor based
6.14 Magnetic settings – Range
6.15 Thermal settings – Range
6.16 Earth Fault settings – Range
6.17 Communication protocol
6.18 Shunt Trip Coil Voltage – a.c./d.c.
6.19 Under-voltage release – a.c./d.c.
No. of Aux. Contacts & Configuration –
6.20
NO/NC
6.21 Padlock in ‘Off’ position (Y/N)
6.22 Door Interlock (Y/N)
6.23 Interlocking scheme – Mechanical
6.24 Interlocking scheme – Electrical

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 203 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 AIR CIRCUIT BREAKER

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

6.25 Control Voltage – a.c./d.c.
7 TESTING & COMMISSIONING
7.1 Inspection (During Manufacturing)
7.2 Factory Acceptance Tests
7.3 Type Tests
7.4 Routine & Functional Tests
7.5 Special Tests
8 PACKING (Required as specified)
9 LANGUAGE
9.1 Labels
9.2 Rating Plates
9.3 Documentation

Molded Case Circuit Breaker

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKER

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number according to the SLD
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
1.3 Model No.
2 STANDARD/CODE APPLICABLE
2.1 Specification Standard
3 TEST CERTIFICATE
3.1 Certificate Numbers & Date of Issue
4 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
4.1 Ambient Temperature
4.2 Relative Humidity
5 INSTALLATION

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 204 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKER

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

5.1 Indoor/Outdoor
5.2 Under Sunshade/Without Sunshade
5.3 Area Classification
6 TECHNICAL DATA
6.1 Rated insulation voltage V
6.2 Rated operating voltage V
6.3 Rated impulse withstand voltage V
6.4 Number of poles No.
6.5 Rated current at 40 Deg C A
6.6 Derating Factor
6.7 Rated current at 50 Deg C A
6.8 Factory calibration at 50 Deg C
6.9 Ultimate short circuit breaking capacity KA
Breaker type – Fixed or Plug-in or D/O
6.10
Manual/Electrical operated
6.11 Thermal release – Fixed/Adjust – Range
6.12 Magnetic release – Fixed/Adjust – Range
6.13 Earth Fault – Fixed/Adjust – Range
6.14 Trip Unit – Microprocessor based (Y/N)
6.15 Communication protocol
6.16 Shunt Trip Coil Voltage – a.c./d.c.
6.17 Under-voltage release – a.c./d.c.
No. of Aux. Contacts & Configuration –
6.18
NO/NC
6.19 Padlock in ‘Off’ position (Y/N)
6.20 Door Interlock (Y/N)
6.21 Interlocking scheme – Mechanical
6.22 Interlocking scheme – Electrical
6.23 Control Voltage – a.c./d.c.
7 TESTING & COMMISSIONING
7.1 Inspection (During Manufacturing)
7.2 Factory Acceptance Tests
7.3 Type Tests
7.4 Routine & Functional Tests
7.5 Special Tests
8 PACKING (Required as specified)
9 LANGUAGE
9.1 Labels
9.2 Rating Plates
9.3 Documentation

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 205 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 Miniature Circuit Breaker

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKER

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number according to the panel
schedules
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
1.3 Model No.
2 STANDARD/CODE APPLICABLE
2.1 Specification Standard
3 TEST CERTIFICATE
3.1 Certificate Numbers & Date of Issue
4 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
4.1 Ambient Temperature
4.2 Relative Humidity
5 INSTALLATION
5.1 Indoor/Outdoor
5.2 Under Sunshade/Without Sunshade
5.3 Area Classification
6 TECHNICAL DATA
6.1 Rated insulation voltage V
6.2 Rated operating voltage V
6.3 Nominal Operating frequency Hz
6.4 Maximum Service Voltage (V) V
6.5 Minimum Service Voltage (V) V
6.6 Impulse withstand test voltage (kV)
6.7 Number of poles (1 / 2 / 3 / 4)
6.8 Nominal current at 30 Deg C
6.9 Derating Factor
6.10 Rated current at 50 Deg C
6.11 Factory calibration at 50 Deg C
6.12 Rated Short-circuit Capacity (kA)
6.13 Tripping Characteristics (B / C / D)

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 206 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKER

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

6.14 Selectivity class
6.15 Insulation resistance (Ohms)
6.16 Self-extinguish degree (UL94)
6.17 Dielectric strength (kV)
6.18 Aux. Contacts configuration – NO/NC
6.19 Mounting type – Pan assembly
7 TESTING & COMMISSIONING
7.1 Inspection (During Manufacturing)
7.2 Factory Acceptance Tests
7.3 Type Tests
7.4 Routine & Functional Tests
7.5 Special Tests
8 PACKING (Required as specified)
9 LANGUAGE
9.1 Labels
9.2 Rating Plates
9.3 Documentation

Earth Leakage Protection Relay

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

EARTH LEAKAGE PROTECTION RELAY

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number according to the SLD/panel
schedules
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
1.3 Model No.
2 STANDARD/CODE APPLICABLE
2.1 Specification Standard

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 207 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 EARTH LEAKAGE PROTECTION RELAY

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

3 TEST CERTIFICATE
3.1 Certificate Numbers & Date of Issue
4 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
4.1 Ambient Temperature
4.2 Relative Humidity
5 INSTALLATION
5.1 Indoor/Outdoor
5.2 Under Sunshade/Without Sunshade
5.3 Area Classification
6 TECHNICAL DATA
6.1 ELCB or RCCB
6.2 Rated Insulation Voltage (V)
6.3 Nominal Operating Voltage (V)
6.4 Maximum Service Voltage (V)
6.5 Nominal Operating Frequency (Hz)
6.6 Insulation resistance (Ohms)
6.7 Number of poles (2 or 4)
6.8 Rated Current at 30 Deg C
6.9 Derating Factor
6.10 Rated current at 50 Deg C
6.11 Factory calibration at 50 Deg C
6.12 Rated Residual Current (30 / 100 / 300mA)
6.13 Magnetic Tripping Characteristics
6.14 Residual Tripping Characteristics
6.15 Selectivity class
6.16 Instantaneous Tripping time (ms)
6.17 Selective Tripping time (ms)
6.18 Short-circuit capacity (kA)
6.19 Rated making & breaking capacity (A)
6.20 Residual making & breaking capacity (A)
6.21 Self-extinguish degree (UL94)
6.22 Dielectric strength (kV)
6.23 Aux. Contacts configuration – NO/NC
6.24 Mounting type – Pan assembly
7 TESTING & COMMISSIONING
7.1 Inspection (During Manufacturing)
7.2 Factory Acceptance Tests
7.3 Type Tests
7.4 Routine & Functional Tests
7.5 Special Tests

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 208 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 EARTH LEAKAGE PROTECTION RELAY

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

8 PACKING (Required as specified)
9 LANGUAGE
9.1 Labels
9.2 Rating Plates
9.3 Documentation

Disconnected Switch

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

DISCONNECTED SWITCH

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number according to the SLD
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
1.3 Model No.
2 STANDARD/CODE APPLICABLE
2.1 Specification Standard
3 TEST CERTIFICATE
3.1 Certificate Numbers & Date of Issue
4 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
4.1 Ambient Temperature
4.2 Relative Humidity
5 INSTALLATION
5.1 Indoor/Outdoor
5.2 Under Sunshade/Without Sunshade
5.3 Area Classification
6 TECHNICAL DATA
6.1 Rated insulation voltage V
6.2 Rated operating voltage V
6.3 Rated impulse withstand voltage V

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 209 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 DISCONNECTED SWITCH

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

6.4 Rated operating frequency
6.5 Number of poles No.
6.6 Rated current at 40 Deg C A
6.7 Derating Factor
6.8 Rated current at 50 Deg C A
6.9 Factory calibration at 50 Deg C
6.1 Rated breaking capacity KA
6.11 Short time withstand current for 1 second
6.12 Maximum Fuse rating and type
6.13 Method of mounting
6.14 Enclosure type & IP rating
6.15 Aux. Contacts configuration - NO/NC
6.16 Pad lockable in the ‘Off’ position
6.17 Door Interlock (Y/N)
6.18 Interlocking scheme – Mechanical
6.19 Interlocking scheme – Electrical
6.20 Transfer switch constructional detail
6.21 Bypass isolation functional detail
7 TESTING & COMMISSIONING
7.1 Inspection (During Manufacturing)
7.2 Factory Acceptance Tests
7.3 Type Tests
7.4 Routine & Functional Tests
7.5 Special Tests
8 PACKING (Required as specified)
9 LANGUAGE
9.1 Labels
9.2 Rating Plates
9.3 Documentation

MV Cables

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 210 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 MV CABLES

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number according to the SLD
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
1.3 Model No.
2 STANDARD/CODE APPLICABLE
2.1 Specification Standard
3 TEST CERTIFICATE
3.1 Certificate Numbers & Date of Issue
4 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
4.1 Ambient Temperature
4.2 Relative Humidity
5 INSTALLATION
5.1 Laid direct in ground
5.2 Laid in duct
5.3 Laid in free Air
6 CONSTRUCTION
6.1 Type
6.2 No. of core/ cables cross section No./mm2
6.3 Conductor type
6.3.1 Compacted
6.3.2 Shape
6.3.3 Material
6.3.4 Nominal cross section mm2
6.3.5 Minimum cross section mm2
6.3.6 Total diameter (Max.) mm2
6.4 Conductor Screen
6.4.1 Material
6.4.2 Nominal thickness mm
6.4.3 Minimum thickness mm
6.4.4 Total diameter over screen mm
6.5 Insulation
6.5.1 Material
6.5.2 Minimum radial thickness mm
6.5.3 Total diameter over screen mm
6.6 Insulation Screen
6.6.1 Material
6.6.2 Nominal thickness mm
6.6.3 Minimum thickness mm
6.6.4 Total diameter over insulation screen mm

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 211 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 MV CABLES

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

6.7 Metallic Screen (on each core)
6.7.1 Material
6.7.2 Thickness mm
6.7.3 Short circuit rating kA
6.7.4 Total diameter over metallic screen mm
6.8 Filler
6.8.1 Material
6.9 Binder
6.9.1 Material
6.10 Inner covering
6.10.1 Material
6.10.2 Thickness mm
6.10.3 Total diameter over inner covering mm
6.11 Armor
Type of armor (flat wirearmor/round wire
6.11.1
armor/double tape armor)
Material (galvanized steel/copper/tinned
6.11.2
copper/aluminum/aluminum alloy)
6.11.3 Size of armor diameter mm
6.11.4 Thickness kA
6.11.5 Short circuit rating mm
6.12 Over sheath
6.12.1 Material
6.12.2 Color
6.12.3 Nominal thickness mm
6.12.4 Minimum thickness mm
6.12.5 Termite resistant
6.12.6 Flame retardant
6.13 Cable overall diameter/tolerances mm
6.14 Completed cabled
6.14.1 Overall diameter (on drum) mm
6.14.2 Maximum drum length m
6.15 Minimum permissible bending radius D
6.15.1 During laying mm
6.15.2 For sealing ends mm
6.16 Nominal Weights
6.16.1 Copper kg/m
6.16.2 Total Cables kg/m
6.17 Appropriate weight of finished cable kg/m
6.18 First commercial operation of offered type

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 212 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 MV CABLES

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

In the year of (attach reference list/sheet of
6.18.1 mm
cables supplied)
7 ELECTRICAL VALUES
7.1 Nominal Voltage KV
7.2 Highest system voltage KV
7.3 Frequency Hz
7.4 Impulse withstands voltage 20˚C KV
7.5 Breakdown dielectric stress
7.5.1 At insulation screen kV/mm
7.5.2 At conductor kV/mm
7.6 Current rating (under standard condition)
7.6.1 Ground thermal resistivity=1.2˚km/W
7.6.2 Ambient Temperature= 25˚C
7.6.3 Standard ground Temperature= 15˚C
7.6.4 Depth of laying = 100cm
7.6.5 Max. conductor ckt. Temp. =250˚C
7.7 Max. conductor cont. Temp. =90˚C
7.7.1 In air
7.7.2 In duct
7.7.3 In ground
Note: Derating factors shall also be provided
7.7.4 for site conditions (temperature, soil
resistivity), depth of laying, grouping…etc.
7.8 Maximum short circuit current rating:
7.8.1 For 1.0 Sec duration
7.8.2 For 0.5 Sec duration
7.9 Earth leakage current A/km
Maximum permissible fault current in the
7.10
metallic shield
7.10.1 At 1.0 Sec duration kA
7.10.2 At 0.5 Sec duration kA
Maximum specific DC conductor
7.11 ohm/km
resistance at 20ºC
Maximum specific AC conductor
7.12 resistance at 90ºC and for cable ohm/km
arrangement as specified
7.13 DC metallic shield resistance at 20ºC ohm/km
7.14 Min. insulation resistance at 20ºC ohm
Loss current to earth at three-phase
7.15 mA/km
system (at 90ºC and U0)
Maximum specific working capacitance 10-6
7.16 km
F/ under full load condition
7.17 Max. charging current at (U0) per conductor A/km

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 213 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 MV CABLES

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Charging capacity of three-phase system
7.18 KVAr/km
at (U0)
7.19 Relative permittivity of outer covering ohm/km
7.20 Surge impedance ohm/km
7.21 Zero sequence impedance ohm/km
7.22 Positive/negative sequence impedance ohm/km
8 OTHER MISCELLANEOUS DATA
Maximum permissible pulling force of
8.1 KN
complete cable for nose pulling
8.2 Nominal delivery length per drum m
8.3 Maximum gross weight of a full drum Kg
8.4 Weight of an empty drum Kg
8.5 Drum dimensions
8.5.1 Flange diameter
8.5.2 Core diameter
8.5.3 Width
9 TESTING & COMMISSIONING
9.1 Inspection (During Manufacturing)
9.2 Factory Acceptance Tests
9.3 Type Tests
9.4 Routine & Functional Tests
9.5 Special Tests
10 PACKING (Required as specified)
11 LANGUAGE
11.1 Labels
11.2 Rating Plates
11.3 Documentation

LV Cables

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 214 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 LV CABLES

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number according to the SLD
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
1.3 Model No.
2 STANDARD/CODE APPLICABLE
2.1 Specification Standard
3 TEST CERTIFICATE
3.1 Certificate Numbers & Date of Issue
4 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
4.1 Ambient Temperature
4.2 Relative Humidity
5 INSTALLATION
5.1 Laid direct in ground
5.2 Laid in duct
5.3 Laid in free Air
6 CONSTRUCTION
6.1 Type
6.2 No. of core/ cables cross section No./mm2
6.2 Cable Grade V 0.6/1KV
6.3 Conductor
6.3.1 Cross section mm2
6.3.2 Material
6.3.3 No. and dia of wires No./mm2
6.3.4 Shape
6.3.5 Total diameter (Max) mm
6.4 Type of core & insulation screen
6.5 Insulation
6.5.1 Material
6.5.2 Minimum radial thickness mm
6.5.3 Total diameter over screen mm
6.6 Bedding
6.6.1 Material of bedding
6.6.2 Thickness of bedding mm
6.6.3 Overall dia. Over bedding mm
6.7 Armor
6.7.1 Material
6.7.2 No. of wires/diameter No./mm2
6.7.3 Total diameter over armor (max.) mm
6.7.4 Armor resistance at 20˚C Ὼ/m

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 215 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 LV CABLES

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

6.7.5 Armor short circuit withstand current KA/sec
6.8 Overall diameter of cable mm
6.9 Current rating (under standard condition):
6.9.1 Ground thermal resistivity=1.2˚km/W
6.9.2 Ambient Temperature= 25˚C
6.9.3 Standard ground Temperature= 15˚C
6.9.4 Depth of laying = 100cm
6.9.5 Max. conductor ckt. Temp. =250˚C
6.10 Max. conductor cont. Temp. =90˚C
6.10.1 In air
6.10.2 In duct
6.10.3 In ground
Note: Derating factors shall also be provided
6.10.4 for site conditions (temperature, soil
resistivity), depth of laying, grouping…etc.
7 OTHER MISCELLANEOUS DATA
Maximum permissible pulling force of
7.1 KN
complete cable for nose pulling
7.2 Nominal delivery length per drum m
7.3 Maximum gross weight of a full drum Kg
7.4 Weight of an empty drum Kg
7.5 Drum dimensions
7.5.1 Flange diameter
7.5.2 Core diameter
7.5.3 Width
8 TESTING & COMMISSIONING
8.1 Inspection (During Manufacturing)
8.2 Factory Acceptance Tests
8.3 Type Tests
8.4 Routine & Functional Tests
8.5 Special Tests
9 PACKING (Required as specified)
10 LANGUAGE
10.1 Labels
10.2 Rating Plates
10.3 Documentation

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 216 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 Actuators for Valves

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

ACTUATORS FOR VALVES

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number according to the SLD/PID
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
1.3 Model No.
2 STANDARD/CODE APPLICABLE
2.1 Specification Standard
3 TEST CERTIFICATE
3.1 Certificate Numbers & Date of Issue
4 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
4.1 Ambient Temperature
4.2 Relative Humidity
5 INSTALLATION
5.1 Indoor/Outdoor
5.2 Under Sunshade/Without Sunshade
5.3 Area Classification
6 DESIGN & CONSTRUCTION
6.1 Process fluid
6.2 Valve type/Sizes/Class
6.3 Differential Pressure bar
6.4 Operating time Sec.
6.5 Motor rated voltage/frequency V/Hz
6.6 Motor rated power W
6.7 Insulation Class:
6.7.1 15 mins. Temp. Rise Class
6.8 Starter:
6.8.1 Integral (required/not required)
6.9 Transformer:
6.9.1 Integral (required/not required)
6.10 Anti-condensation heater:
6.10.1 Integral (required/not required)

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 217 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 ACTUATORS FOR VALVES

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

6.11 Phase Discriminator:
6.11.1 Integral (required/not required)
6.12 Interposing Relays:
6.12.1 Integral (required/not required)
6.13 Monitor Relay:
6.13.1 Integral (required/not required)
6.14 Torque Limit Switches:
6.14.1 (required/not required)
6.15 Positioner (MOCV):
6.15.1 (required/not required)
6.16 Position Transmitter:
6.16.1 (required/not required)
6.17 Local control (Open/Stop/Close):
6.17.1 Integral (required/not required)
6.18 Selector Switch (Local/Remote/Off):
6.18.1 Integral (required/not required)
6.19 Local Manual Operating with Hand Wheel:
6.19.1 Integral (required/not required)
6.20 Electrical Schematic Diagram:
6.20.1 (required/not required)
6.21 Start-up Kit:
6.21.1 (required/not required)
6.22 Actuator Closing Direction:
6.22.1 (In Co-ordination with Valve Vendor)
6.23 Torque Setting
6.24 Actuator Setting
6.25 Equipment for Two Wire Control System
6.25.1 (required/not required)
6.26 Type of Connection:
6.26.1 Hard Wired
6.26.2 Fiber Optic Process Fieldbus
6.26.3 Wired Process Fieldbus
6.27 Cable Entries/Gland:
6.27.1 (required/not required)
6.27.2 Cable Size
6.27.3 Gland Type
6.28 Enclosure
6.28.1 Protection Class IP
6.29 Temperature Protection
6.30 Mass

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 218 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 ACTUATORS FOR VALVES

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

6.31 Paint Finish:
6.31.1 Manufacture Protection Requirement
7 TESTING & COMMISSIONING
7.1 Inspection (During Manufacturing)
7.2 Factory Acceptance Tests
7.3 Type Tests
7.4 Routine & Functional Tests
7.5 Special Tests
8 PACKING (Required as specified)
9 LANGUAGE
9.1 Labels
9.2 Rating Plates
9.3 Documentation

Cable Trays & Accessories

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

CABLE TRAYS & ACCESSORIES

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
1.3 Model No.
2 STANDARD/CODE APPLICABLE
2.1 Specification Standard
3 TEST CERTIFICATE
3.1 Certificate Numbers & Date of Issue
4 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
4.1 Ambient Temperature
4.1 Relative Humidity
4.3 Altitude

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 219 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 CABLE TRAYS & ACCESSORIES

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

5 INSTALLATION
5.1 Indoor/Outdoor
5.2 Under Sunshade/Without Sunshade
5.3 Area Classification
6 COMPONENTS
Straight Lengths of Cable trays/ Cable
6.1
ladders:
6.1.1 Cat. No.
6.1.2 Material & Finish
6.1.3 Standard length
6.1.4 Standard Width
6.1.5 Steel thickness
6.1.6 Coating thickness
6.1.7 Perforation
6.2 Descriptions other components:
6.2.1 Suspended supports
6.2.2 Protection caps
6.2.3 Support brackets
6.2.4 Wall brackets
6.2.5 Supports
6.2.6 Head plates
6.3 Phase Discriminator:
6.3.1 Integral (required/not required)
7 TESTING & COMMISSIONING
7.1 Inspection (During Manufacturing)
7.2 Factory Acceptance Tests
7.3 Special Tests
8 PACKING (Required as specified)
9 LANGUAGE
9.1 Labels
9.2 Rating Plates
9.3 Documentation

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 220 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 Direct Current (DC) Supply System

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

DIRECT CURRENT (DC) SUPPLY SYSTEM

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number according to the SLD
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
1.3 Model No.
2 STANDARD/CODE APPLICABLE
2.1 Specification Standard
3 TEST CERTIFICATE
3.1 Certificate Numbers & Date of Issue
4 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
4.1 Ambient Temperature
4.2 Relative Humidity
5 INSTALLATION
5.1 Indoor/Outdoor
5.2 Under Sunshade/Without Sunshade
5.3 Area Classification
6 DESIGN
6.1 Rectifier
6.2 Mains supply
6.2.1 3 phase/ 1 phase
6.3 Voltage V
6.4 Rated nominal capacity Hz
6.5 Efficiency %
6.6 Load KVA
6.7 DC-Output voltage V
6.8 Voltage tolerance %
6.9 Nom. Output current A
6.10 Max. output current A
7 BATTERY
7.1 Type
7.1.1 Nickel-Cadmium/Lead-acid (vented type)

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 221 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 DIRECT CURRENT (DC) SUPPLY SYSTEM

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

7.2 Voltage V
7.3 Rated nominal capacity Ah
7.4 Discharge time min
7.5 Type number
7.6 Float charge voltage V
7.7 Nominal voltage per cell V
7.8 Rapid charge voltage V
8 BATTERY & RECTIFIER
Harm. Current distortion compensation by
8.1 means of: Mains filter/choke filter/radio
interference protected
8.1.1 Harmonic contents (% of fundamental)
8.1.2 End cell voltage V
8.2 Control output signals/alarms (Failsafe)
8.2.1 Float charge status NO/NC
8.2.2 Rapid charge status NO/NC
9 DISTRIBUTION BOARD
9.1 Rated current of bus-bars A
Short circuit withstand currents of bus bars
9.1.1 KA
and MCBs
9.2 Feeders:
9.2.1 MCBs/Switch-fuse
9.2.2 Make
10 CONSTRUCTION
10.1 Rectifier & Battery:
10.1.1 One cabinet/separate cabinet
10.2 Battery on:
10.2.1 Wooden racks/steel racks
10.3 Cabinets:
10.3.1 Free floor/Wall mounting
10.4 Access:
10.4.1 Front/Back/Both
10.5 Cable entry:
10.5.1 Top/Bottom/Both
10.6 IP Class (Open)
10.6.1 IP Class (Closed)
10.7 Paint Finish
10.8 Measuring Instruments:
10.8.1 DC output voltage (required/not required)
DC midscale battery ammeter (required/not
10.8.2
required)

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 222 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 DIRECT CURRENT (DC) SUPPLY SYSTEM

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

AC output voltammeter (required/not
10.8.3
required)
10.8.4 AC output ammeter (required/not required)
Frequency output meter (required/not
10.8.5
required)
Meter for faults diagnostics (required/not
10.8.6
required)
10.9 Ventilator
10.10 Pilot lights:
10.10.1 Float charge (green)
10.10.2 Rapid charge (red)
10.11 Dimensions (Height x Width x Depth) mm
10.12 Mass kg
10.13 Noise level 1m dB (A)
11 TESTING & COMMISSIONING
11.1 Inspection (During Manufacturing)
11.2 Factory Acceptance Tests
11.3 Type Tests
11.4 Routine & Functional Tests
11.5 Special Tests
12 PACKING (Required as specified)
13 LANGUAGE
13.1 Labels
13.2 Rating Plates
13.3 Documentation

Earthing and Lightning Protection Systems

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

EARTHING AND LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEMS

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

1 GENERAL

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 223 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 EARTHING AND LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEMS

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
1.3 Model No.
2 STANDARD/CODE APPLICABLE
2.1 Specification Standard
3 TEST CERTIFICATE
3.1 Certificate Numbers & Date of Issue
4 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
4.1 Ambient Temperature
4.2 Relative Humidity
4.3 Altitude
4.4 Soil resistance
5 EARTHING EQUIPMENT & MATERIAL
5.1 Earth Tape
5.1.1 Material
5.1.2 Size
5.1.3 Cat. No.
5.2 Earth Rod
5.2.1 Material
5.2.2 Size
5.2.3 Cat. No.
5.3 Earth Distributer
5.3.1 Material
5.3.2 Size
5.3.3 Cat. No.
5.4 Earth Enhancing Compound
5.4.1 Type
5.4.2 Cat. No.
LIGHTNING PROTECTION EQUIPMENT &
6
MATERIAL
6.1 Down Conductor
6.1.1 Material
6.1.2 Size
6.1.3 Cat. No.
6.2 Air Termination
6.2.1 Material
6.2.2 Size
6.2.3 Cat. No.
6.3 Earth Distributer
6.3.1 Material

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 224 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 EARTHING AND LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEMS

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

6.3.2 Size
6.3.3 Cat. No.
6.4 Earth Enhancing Compound
6.4.1 Type
6.4.2 Cat. No.
7 TESTING & COMMISSIONING
7.1 Inspection (During Manufacturing)
7.2 Factory Acceptance Tests
7.3 Special Tests
8 PACKING (Required as specified)
9 LANGUAGE
9.1 Labels
9.2 Rating Plates
9.3 Documentation

Light Fittings

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

LIGHT FITTINGS

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
1.3 Model No.
2 STANDARD/CODE APPLICABLE
2.1 Specification Standard
3 TEST CERTIFICATE
3.1 Certificate Numbers & Date of Issue
4 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
4.1 Ambient Temperature
4.2 Relative Humidity

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 225 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 LIGHT FITTINGS

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

4.3 Altitude
5 SYSTEM
5.1 System main supply from lighting DB
5.1.1 1 phase + Neutral
Unearthed/impedance earthed/solidly
5.1.2
earthed
5.1.3 Cat. No.
5.2 Voltage
5.2.1 Frequency
5.2.2 Specific requirement for the light fitting
5.3 Luminaire
5.3.1 Type of Luminaire
5.3.2 Catalogue Reference
5.3.3 Description
5.4 Duty
5.4.1 Normal
5.4.2 Emergency maintained type
5.4.3 Emergency non maintained type
5.5 Installation
5.5.1 Indoor/Outdoor
5.5.2 Under shade/without shade
5.5.3 Area classification
5.6 No. and type of Lamp
5.7 Degree of protection
5.8 Additional requirements
6 TESTING & COMMISSIONING
6.1 Inspection (During Manufacturing)
6.2 Factory Acceptance Tests
6.3 Special Tests
7 PACKING (Required as specified)
8 LANGUAGE
8.1 Labels
8.2 Rating Plates
8.3 Documentation

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 226 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 Uninterruptible Power Supply - UPS

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY - UPS

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Tag number according to the SLD
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
1.3 Model No.
2 STANDARD/CODE APPLICABLE
2.1 Specification Standard
3 TEST CERTIFICATE
3.1 Certificate Numbers & Date of Issue
4 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
4.1 Ambient Temperature
4.2 Relative Humidity
5 INSTALLATION
5.1 Indoor/Outdoor
5.2 Under Sunshade/Without Sunshade
5.3 Area Classification
6 DESIGN
6.1 Rectifier
6.1.1 Main Supply (3 phase/1 phase)
6.1.2 Voltage V
6.1.3 Frequency Hz
6.1.4 Efficiency %
6.1.5 Load KVA
6.1.6 DC output voltage V
6.1.7 Voltage tolerance %
6.1.8 Nom. Output current A
6.1.9 Max. Output current A
6.2 Battery Type:
6.2.1 Nickel-cadmium/ Lead-acid (Vented type)
6.2.2 Rated nominal capacity Ah
6.2.3 Discharge time min

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 227 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY - UPS

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

6.2.4 Recharge time Hour
6.2.5 Type number
6.2.6 Number of cells
6.2.7 Float charge Voltage V/Cell
6.2.8 Float charge current A
6.2.9 Rapid charge voltage V/Cell
6.2.10 Rapid charge current A
6.2.11 End cell voltage V/Cell
6.3 Inverter Output Supply
6.3.1 1 phase/ 3 phase
6.3.2 Output voltage V
6.3.3 Output frequency Hz
6.3.4 Harmonic contents (% of fundamentals)
6.3.5 Efficiency %
6.3.6 Power output KVA
6.3.7 Load KW
6.3.8 Reliability data (of system elements)
6.4 Distribution Board
6.4.1 Power system:
6.4.1.1 3 phase & neutral/ 1 phase & neutral
6.4.1.2 Voltage V
6.4.1.3 Rated current of bus bars A
6.4.1.4 Short circuit withstand currents of bus bars
KA
and MCBs
6.4.2 Feeders:
6.4.2.1 MCBs/Switch-fuse
6.4.2.2 Make
6.4.3 Construction:
6.4.3.1 Rectifier/Inverter
Harm. Current distortion compensated by
6.4.3.1.1 means of: Mains filter/ choke filter/ Radio
interference protected
6.4.3.2 Control output signals/ Alarms (Failsafe)
6.4.3.2.1 Float charge status NO/NC
6.4.3.3 Rapid charge status NO/NC
6.4.3.4 Static transfer switch
6.4.3.4.1 Yes/No
6.4.3.5 Manual Bypass switch
6.4.3.5.1 Yes/No
6.4.3.6 Rectifier/Inverter/ Transformers
6.4.3.7 Mounted in:

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 228 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY - UPS

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

6.4.3.7.1 One cabinet/ Separate cabinet
6.4.3.8 One frame/ Separate frame
6.4.3.9 Fixed/ Withdrawable modules
6.4.3.10 Battery On:
6.4.3.10.
Wooden racks/ steel racks
1
6.4.3.11 Cabinets:
6.4.3.11.
Free floor/ Wall mounting
1
6.4.3.12 Access:
6.4.3.12.
Front/ Back/ Both
1
6.4.3.13 Cable entry:
6.4.3.13.
Top/ Bottom/ Both
1
6.4.4 IP Class (open)
6.4.5 IP Class (closed)
6.4.6 Paint Finish
6.4.7 Measuring instruments (Digital):
6.4.7.1 DC output voltage
6.4.7.2 AC output voltammeter
6.4.7.3 AC output ammeter
6.4.7.4 Frequency output meter
6.4.7.5 DC midscale battery ammeter
6.4.8 Memory for faults diagnostics
6.4.9 Ventilator
6.4.10 Pilot lights:
6.4.10.1 Float charge (green)
6.4.10.2 Rapid charge (red)
6.4.11 Dimensions Height x Width x Depth mm
6.4.12 Mass Kg
6.4.13 Noise level 1m dB (A)
6.5 Distribution Board
6.5.1 Type:
6.5.1.1 Double/ Not partitioned
6.5.2 Unit:
6.5.2.1 Fixed/ Draw-out
6.5.3 Bus-bars:
6.5.3.1 Phases: 1 phase/ 3 phases
6.5.3.2 Neutral: Full size/ Half size
6.5.3.3 Insulation: Air/ Epoxy resin

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 229 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY - UPS

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

7 TESTING & COMMISSIONING
7.1 Inspection (During Manufacturing)
7.2 Factory Acceptance Tests
7.3 Type Tests
7.4 Routine & Functional Tests
7.5 Special Tests
8 PACKING (Required as specified)
9 LANGUAGE
9.1 Labels
9.1 Rating Plates
9.1 Documentation

CCTV

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

CCTV

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
1.3 Model No.
2 STANDARD/CODE APPLICABLE
2.1 Specification Standard
3 TEST CERTIFICATE
3.1 Certificate Numbers & Date of Issue
4 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
4.1 Ambient Temperature
4.2 Relative Humidity
5 DESIGN
5.1 Camera
5.1.1 General

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 230 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 CCTV

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

5.1.1.1 Camera us of (Color) Digital
5.1.1.2 Type 1/2'' CCD
5.1.1.3 Pickup device HxV, at least 650x550 Pixels
5.1.1.4 Resolution (430 Lines)
5.1.1.5 Scanning area HxV
5.1.1.6 Video output (75 Ohm) -Vpp
5.1.1.7 S/N ratio when AGC is OFF 46dB
5.1.1.8 Minimum scene illumination (f=1.4) 3Lux
5.1.1.9 When AGC is on
Automatic light compensation (ALC) at
5.1.1.10
(f=1.4) - 1:25000
5.1.1.11 Aperture correction
5.1.1.12 horizontal
5.1.1.13 vertical
5.1.1.14 Minimum scene illumination
5.1.1.15 AGC selectable
5.1.1.16 Electronic shutter automatic and selectable
5.1.1.17 Zoom Speed (sec)
5.1.1.18 Focus Speed (sec)
5.1.1.19 Focal Length (mm)
5.2 Angular Field of View
5.2.1 horizontal
5.2.2 Vertical
5.2.3 Panning Range
5.2.4 Panning Speed
5.2.5 Tilting Range
5.2.6 Tilting Speed
Pan/ tilt (manual / sequential /sort position /
5.2.7
auto pan)
5.2.8 Power Supply
5.2.9 Voltage (V)
5.2.10 Power Consumption (Watt)
5.2.11 Climatic Requirement
5.2.12 Operation Temperature
Operation Temperature Maximum (Outdoor)
5.2.13
55°C
Operation Temperature Maximum (Indoor)
5.2.14
45°C
5.2. 15 Operation Temperature Minimum 0°C
5.2.16 Storage Temperature °C
5.2.17 Maximum 50°C

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 231 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 CCTV

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

5.2.18 Minimum 0°C
5.3 Relative Humidity
5.3.1 Maximum 95%
5.3.2 Minimum 5%
6 LENS
6.1 General
6.2 Manufacturer
6.3 Country of Origin
6.4 Applicable Standard
6.5 Lens Angle
6.6 Wide
6.7 Zoom up to 20 optically
6.8 Climatic Requirement -
6.9 Operation Temperature:
6.9.1 Maximum Ambient (Outdoor) 55°C
6.9.2 Maximum Ambient (Indoor) 45°C
7 SYSTEM CONTROLLER
7.1 General
7.2 Manufacturer
7.3 Country of Origin
7.4 Applicable Standard
7.5 Type Test
7.6 Type Test Date
7.7 Type Test Laboratory
7.8 Technical Details:
7.8.1 Power Source (230 Vac, 60 Hz)
7.8.2 Input (75 Ohm)
7.8.3 video (FM mixed signal) Vpp
7.8.4 audio in (400 Ohm) dB
7.8.5 Output (75 Ohm) Vpp
7.8.6 Video Vpp
7.9 Control Switches:
7.9.1 Power (On / Off)
7.10 Camera function:
7.10.1 Shutter on/off
7.10.2 Shutter speed select
7.10.3 Electronic zoom (on/off)
7.11 Lens function:
7.11.1 Iris (open/close)
7.11.2 Focus (far/near, zoom, tele, wide)

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 232 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 CCTV

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

7.12 Housing:
7.12.1 Wiper (on/off, camera/on/off)
7.13 Pan/ tilt functions:
7.13.1 Auto pan/on/off
7.13.2 Random pan (on/off), manual (right/left),
7.13.3 Manual tilt (up/down)
7.14 Switching function
7.14.1 Display function:
7.14.1.1 Status display (on/off)
7.14.1.2 Audio (talk spot: on/off, talk: on/off)
7.14.1.3 Climatic Requirement -
7.14.2 Operation Temperature:
7.14.2.1 Maximum Ambient 45°C
7.14.2.2 Minimum Ambient 0°C
8 SYSTEM CONTROLLER
8.1 General
8.2 Manufacturer
8.3 Country of Origin
8.4 Applicable Standard
8.5 Technical Details:
8.5.1 Power source (230 Vac, 60 Hz)
8.5.2 Input/output (composite / 75 Ohm) Vpp
8.6 System:
8.6.1 PAL
8.6.2 SECAM
8.6.3 M-NTSC
8.6.4 Maximum video gain dB
8.6.5 Sweep Geometry % %
8.6.6 CRT 14 Inches
8.6.7 Speaker output (Watt)
8.6.8 Climatic Requirement -
8.7 Operation Temperature:
8.7.1 Maximum Ambient 45°C
8.7.2 Minimum Ambient 0°C
9 VIDEO PRINTER
9.1 General
9.2 Manufacturer (Name)
9.3 Country of Origin
9.4 Applicable Standard
9.5 Technical Details:

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 233 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 CCTV

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

9.5.1 Power source (230 Vac, 60 Hz)
9.6 Television system:
9.7 System:
9.7.1 PAL
9.7.2 SECAM
9.8 Printing system
9.9 Picture memory
Printing Element (V) X (H) minimum
9.9.1
(500X650)
9.9.2 Print Speed mm
9.9.3 Print Size mm
9.9.4 Paper Feeding (Automatic, min 50 Sheet)
9.9.5 Video in (75 Ohms) Vpp
9.9.6 Climatic Requirement
9.10 Operation Temperature:
9.10.1 Maximum Ambient 45°C
9.10.2 Minimum Ambient 0°C
10 DIGITAL DESK RECORDER
10.1 General
10.2 Manufacturer
10.3 Country of Origin
10.4 Applicable Standard
10.5 Technical Details:
10.5.1 Power source (230 Vac, 60 Hz)
10.6 Television system:
10.7 System:
10.7.1 PAL
10.7.2 SECAM
10.8 Printing system
10.9 Picture memory (minimum) 160GB
10.9.1 Interface with LAN & WAN
Numbers of cameras viewed at a time >10
10.9.2
Nos
Viewing screen can be divided up to 16
10.9.3
windows
10.9.4 Climatic Requirement -
10.10 Operation Temperature:
10.10.1 Maximum Ambient 45°C
10.10.2 Minimum Ambient 0°C
11 TESTING & COMMISSIONING
11.1 Inspection (During Manufacturing)

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 234 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 CCTV

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

11.2 Factory Acceptance Tests
11.3 Type Tests
11.4 Routine & Functional Tests
11.5 Special Tests
12 PACKING (Required as specified)
13 LANGUAGE
13.1 Labels
13.2 Rating Plates
13.3 Documentation

Fire Alarm System

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

FIRE ALARM SYSTEM

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
1.3 Model No.
2 STANDARD/CODE APPLICABLE
2.1 Specification Standard
3 TEST CERTIFICATE
3.1 Certificate Numbers & Date of Issue
4 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
4.1 Ambient Temperature
4.2 Relative Humidity
5 DESIGN
5.1 System (Addressable / Conventional)
5.2 Number of Zones
5.3 Input signals
5.4 No. of input signals
5.5 Output signals
5.6 No. of output signals

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 235 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

5.7 Fire Alarm Detectors
Type of selected detectors (Smoke/ Heat/
5.8
Combined/ Beam detector)
6 TESTING & COMMISSIONING
6.1 Inspection (During Manufacturing)
6.2 Factory Acceptance Tests
6.3 Type Tests
6.4 Routine & Functional Tests
6.5 Special Tests
7 PACKING (Required as specified)
8 LANGUAGE
8.1 Labels
8.2 Rating Plates
8.3 Documentation

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 236 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 4 Data Sheets for Instrumentation and Control Components

Flow Meter Electromagnetic Type

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

ELECTROMAGNETIC FLOWMETER

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Location according to the P&ID
Tag number according to the P&ID
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
1.3 Local Agent Details
1.4 Type designation
1.5 Standards & Codes Applicable
2 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
2.1 Ambient Temperature °C
2.2 Relative Humidity
3 INSTALLATION
3.1 Indoor / Outdoor
3.2 Under Sunshade / Without Sunshade
3.3 Area Classification (Safe / Hazardous)
4 FLOWMETER HEAD/SENSOR
4.1 Type
4.2 Working pressure bar
4.3 Test pressure bar
4.4 Flange material and type
4.5 Detector head material
4.6 Detector lining material
4.7 Electrode material
4.8 No. of Electrodes
4.9 Max. Flow – Min Flow
4.10 Max. Temperature – Min Temperature

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 237 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 ELECTROMAGNETIC FLOWMETER

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

4.11 Max. Pressure – Min Pressure
4.12 Min. Fluid Conductivity mS/cm
4.13 IP rating
4.14 Max. submergence time and depth
5 CONVERTER/TRANSMITTER
5.1 Model number
5.2 Output signal
5.3 Range of velocity setting m/sec
Max. distance between detector head and
5.4
flow converter
Overall system accuracy at various flow
5.5
rates expressed as a % of true flow at:
5.5.1 10%
5.5.2 33%
5.5.3 60%
5.5.4 76%
5.5.5 100%
Specification of cables between
5.6 -
converter and detector head
5.7 Power supply
5.8 Case Material
5.9 Grounding, Type & Material
5.10 Enclosure Class
5.11 Length of Signal Cable
Transmitter Output signal & Communication
5.12
Protocol
5.13 Accuracy
6 DISPLAY
6.1 Type
6.2 No. of lines
6.3 Data protection
7 ALARM AND CONTROL
7.1 Relay
7.2 Rating
7.3 Type of contact
7.4 No. of contacts
8 ACCESSORIES
8.1 Cable length
8.2 Type
8.3 Other information
9 TESTING & COMMISSIONING

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 238 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 ELECTROMAGNETIC FLOWMETER

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

9.1 Routine & Functional Test *
9.2 Technical deviations, if any.
* inspection and test plan & Quality Control Plan (ITP & QCP) documents to be provided during
engineering stage. Test shall be witnessed by Employer / Engineer

Ultrasonic Clamp-On Flowmeter

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

ULTRASONIC CLAMP-ON FLOWMETER

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Location according to the P&ID
Tag number according to the P&ID
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer -
1.2 Country of Origin
1.3 Local Agent Details
1.4 Type designation
1.5 Standards & Codes Applicable
2 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
2.1 Ambient Temperature
2.2 Relative Humidity
3 INSTALLATION
3.1 Indoor / Outdoor
3.2 Under Sunshade / Without Sunshade
3.3 Area Classification (Safe / Hazardous)
4 FLOWMETER SENSOR
4.1 Type -
4.2 Sensor material
4.3 Type of clamp
4.4 No. of Electrodes "Dual Channel or single"
4.5 Max. Flow – Min Flow
4.6 Max. Temperature – Min Temperature

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 239 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 ULTRASONIC CLAMP-ON FLOWMETER

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

4.7 IP rating
5 CONVERTER/TRANSMITTER
5.1 Model number
5.2 Output signal
5.3 Range of velocity setting m/sec
Max. distance between detector head and
5.4
flow converter
5.5 Overall system accuracy at operating speed
5.6 System reputability
Specification of cables between
5.7 -
converter and detector head
5.8 Power supply
5.9 Case Material
5.10 Length of Signal Cable
Transmitter Output signal & Communication
5.11
Protocol
5.12 Normal Accuracy
6 DISPLAY
6.1 Type
6.2 No. of lines
6.3 Data protection
7 ALARM AND CONTROL
7.1 Relay
7.2 Rating
7.3 Type of contact
7.5 No. of contacts
8 ACCESSORIES
8.1 Cable length
8.2 Type
8.3 Other information
9 TESTING & COMMISSIONING
9.1 Routine & Functional Test *
9.2 Technical deviations, if any.
* inspection and test plan & Quality Control Plan (ITP & QCP) documents to be provided during
engineering stage. Test shall be witnessed by Employer / Engineer

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 240 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 Flow Switch

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

FLOW SWITCH

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Location according to the P&ID
Tag number according to the P&ID
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer -
1.2 Country of Origin
1.3 Local Agent Details
1.4 Type designation
1.5 Standards & Codes Applicable
2 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
2.1 Ambient Temperature
2.2 Relative Humidity
3 INSTALLATION
3.1 Indoor / Outdoor
3.2 Under Sunshade / Without Sunshade
3.3 Area Classification (Safe / Hazardous)
3.4 Model No.
3.5 Type
3.6 IP rating
3.7 No. of Contacts / Form
3.8 Range
4 MOUNTING
4.1 Connection Size/Type -
4.2 Sensor Length m
4.3 Sensor Material
4.4 Insertion Length m
4.5 Manifold arrangement
5 MOUNTING CONFIGURATION
5.1 Power Supply
5.2 Electrical Connection
5.3 Cable Glands
5.4 Enclosure Class

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 241 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 FLOW SWITCH

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

5.5 Output
6 FLUID
6.1 Flow: Min./Max m3/h
6.2 Normal Flow m3/h
6.3 Max. Operating Pressure bar
6.4 Temp. Min/Max. °C
7 TESTS
7.1 Routine & Functional Test *
7.2 Technical deviations, if any.
* inspection and test plan & Quality Control Plan (ITP & QCP) documents to be provided during
engineering stage. Test shall be witnessed by Employer / Engineer.

Pressure Gauge

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

PRESSURE GAUGE

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Location according to the P&ID
Tag number according to the P&ID
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer -
1.2 Country of Origin -
1.3 Local Agent Details -
1.4 Type designation
1.5 Standards & Codes Applicable -
2 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
2.1 Ambient Temperature
2.2 Relative Humidity
3 INSTALLATION
3.1 Indoor / Outdoor
3.2 Under Sunshade / Without Sunshade

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 242 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 PRESSURE GAUGE

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

3.3 Area Classification (Safe / Hazardous)
3.4 Model No. -
3.5 Type -
3.6 Accuracy
3.7 Over range protection
3.8 Pressure min./normal/max. bar
3.9 Temp. min./normal/max. °C
3.10 Range bar
4 CASE
4.1 Nom. Size mm
4.2 Mounting
4.3 Liquid Fill
5 MATERIAL
5.1 Element
5.2 Movement
5.3 Socket
5.4 Window
5.5 Dial
6 ACCESSORIES
6.1 Type
6.2 Wet Parts Mat.
6.3 Other Material
6.4 Fill Fluid
6.5 Gauge Protectors
7 CONNECTION
7.1 Process - type
7.2 Size / Rating
7.3 Location
8 MISC.
8.1 Nominal Accuracy
8.2 Dial Color:
8.3 Color of figures:
8.4 Zero Adjustment:
9 TESTS
9.1 Routine & Functional Test *
9.2 Technical deviations, if any.
* inspection and test plan & Quality Control Plan (ITP & QCP) documents to be provided during
engineering stage. Test shall be witnessed by Employer / Engineer

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 243 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 Pressure Transmitter

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

PRESSURE TRANSMITTER

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Location according to the P&ID
Tag number according to the P&ID
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
1.3 Local Agent Details
1.4 Type designation
1.5 Standards & Codes Applicable
2 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
2.1 Ambient Temperature
2.2 Relative Humidity
3 INSTALLATION
3.1 Indoor / Outdoor
3.2 Under Sunshade / Without Sunshade
3.3 Area Classification (Safe / Hazardous)
3.4 Form of Construction
3.5 Model No.
3.6 Type
Transmitter Output signal & Communication
3.7
Protocol
3.8 Max. pressure bar
3.9 Power supply volt
3.10 Accuracy
3.11 Pres. min/nor/max bar
3.12 Temp. min/max °C
3.13 Density / Specific Gravity
3.14 Range bar
3.15 Calibration range bar
3.16 Sensing element
3.17 Body material
3.18 Wetted parts

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 244 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 PRESSURE TRANSMITTER

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

3.19 Filling fluid
3.20 O - Rings
3.21 Enclosure Material
3.22 Enclosure Class
3.23 Safety Approval
3.24 Process connection
3.25 Electrical connection
3.26 Drain / Vent
3.27 Zero & Span adjustment
3.28 Damping adjustment
3.29 Mounting
3.30 Display Type
3.31 Accuracy
3.32 Over range
4 ACCESSORIES
4.1 Manifold material
4.2 Mounting bracket
4.3 Local indicator
4.4 Identification Plate
4.5 Portable Configuration
5 DIAPHRAGMS SEAL
5.1 Model No.
5.2 Diaphragm Material
5.3 Process connection: Size / Rating
5.4 Capillary Material
5.5 Capillary Length
6 TESTS
6.1 Routine & Functional Test *
6.2 Technical deviations, if any.
* Inspection and test plan & Quality Control Plan (ITP & QCP) documents to be provided during
engineering stage. Test shall be witnessed by Employer / Engineer.

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 245 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 Pressure Switch

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

PRESSURE SWITCH

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Location according to the P&ID
Tag number according to the P&ID
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer -
1.2 Country of Origin -
1.3 Local Agent Details -
1.4 Type designation
1.5 Standards & Codes Applicable -
2 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
2.1 Ambient Temperature
2.2 Relative Humidity
3 INSTALLATION
3.1 Indoor / Outdoor
3.2 Under Sunshade / Without Sunshade
3.3 Area Classification (Safe / Hazardous)
3.4 Model No. -
3.5 Max. pressure bar
3.6 Range of adjustment on control setting
3.7 Contact rating V/A
3.8 Pressure min./norm./max.
3.9 Temp. min./norm./max.
3.10 Range
3.11 Set Point
3.12 Dead band
3.13 Type of element
3.14 Element material
3.15 Connection size
3.16 Location
3.17 Mounting
3.18 Over Range
3.19 Blow Out Protection

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 246 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 PRESSURE SWITCH

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

4 SWITCH MECHANISM
4.1 Type
4.2 Contact rating
4.3 Load type
4.4 Cable entry
4.5 No. of Entries
4.6 Accuracy
4.7 Repeatability
4.8 Enclosure class
5 TESTS
5.1 Routine & Functional Test *
5.2 Technical deviations, if any.
* inspection and test plan & Quality Control Plan (ITP & QCP) documents to be provided during
engineering stage. Test shall be witnessed by Employer / Engineer.

Level Gauge

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

LEVEL GAUGE

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Location according to the P&ID
Tag number according to the P&ID
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer -
1.2 Country of Origin -
1.3 Local Agent Details -
1.4 Type designation
1.5 Standards & Codes Applicable -
2 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
2.1 Ambient Temperature
2.2 Relative Humidity
3 INSTALLATION

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 247 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 LEVEL GAUGE

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

3.1 Indoor / Outdoor
3.2 Under Sunshade / Without Sunshade
3.3 Area Classification (Safe / Hazardous)
3.4 Form of Construction
3.5 Model No. -
3.6 Type -
3.7 Accuracy
3.8 Range m
4 CASE
4.1 Nom. size mm
4.2 Mounting
4.3 Liquid Fill
5 MATERIAL
5.1 Element
5.2 Movement
5.3 Socket
5.4 Window
5.5 Dial
6 ACCESSORIES
6.1 Type
6.2 Wet parts mat.
6.3 Other material
6.4 Fill fluid
6.5 Gauge Protectors
7 CONNECTION
7.1 Process - type
7.2 Size / Rating
7.3 Location
8 MISC.
8.1 Nominal Accuracy
8.2 Zero Adjustment:
9 TESTS
9.1 Routine & Functional Test *
9.2 Technical deviations, if any.
* inspection and test plan & Quality Control Plan (ITP & QCP) documents to be provided during
engineering stage. Test shall be witnessed by Employer / Engineer

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 248 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 Level Switch

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

LEVEL SWITCH

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Location according to the P&ID
Tag number according to the P&ID
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer -
1.2 Country of Origin -
1.3 Local Agent Details -
1.4 Type designation
1.5 Standards & Codes Applicable
2 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
2.1 Ambient Temperature
2.2 Relative Humidity
3 INSTALLATION
3.1 Indoor / Outdoor
3.2 Under Sunshade / Without Sunshade
3.3 Area Classification (Safe / Hazardous)
3.4 Model No. -
3.5 Type -
3.6 Accuracy
3.7 Contact rating
3.8 Mounting position
3.9 Float - diam. / length
3.10 Cage mounting
3.11 Tank connection c/c distance
3.12 Material -Body
3.13 Float/Disp.
3.14 Guide tube
3.15 packing or seal
3.16 other wetted parts
4 SWITCH MECHANISM
4.1 Number of switches / forms No
4.2 Contact - volt / rating

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 249 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 LEVEL SWITCH

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

4.3 load type
4.4 Switch point/ to actuate at level m
4.5 Switch diff. / fixed or adj.
4.6 setting
4.7 Enclosure class
4.8 Electrical Connection
4.9 Cable Glands
5 ACCESSORIES AND CONNECTIONS
5.1 Type of connection & orientation
5.2 size / rating
6 TESTING
6.1 Routine & Functional Test *
6.2 Technical deviations, if any.
* inspection and test plan & Quality Control Plan (ITP & QCP) documents to be provided during
engineering stage. Test shall be witnessed by Employer / Engineer.

Level Transmitter - (Ultrasonic Type)

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

LEVEL TRANSMITTER - (ULTRASONIC TYPE)

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Location according to the P&ID
Tag number according to the P&ID
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer -
1.2 Country of Origin -
1.3 Local Agent Details -
1.4 Type designation
1.5 Standards & Codes Applicable
2 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
2.1 Ambient Temperature

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 250 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 LEVEL TRANSMITTER - (ULTRASONIC TYPE)

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

2.2 Relative Humidity
3 INSTALLATION
3.1 Indoor / Outdoor
3.2 Under Sunshade / Without Sunshade
3.3 Area Classification (Safe / Hazardous)
3.4 Type or model -
3.5 Power supply
3.6 Accuracy
3.7 Body Material
3.8 Rating
3.9 Connection Size & Location Upper
3.10 Type
3.11 Connection Size & Location Lower
3.12 Case Mounting
4 CONVERTER/TRANSMITTER
4.1 Model number
4.2 Output signal
4.3 Range m
4.4 Power supply
4.5 Case Material
4.6 Enclosure Class
4.7 Length of Signal Cable
4.8 Transmitter Output signal & Communication
Protocol
4.9 Accuracy
4.10 Control Modes
4.11 Differential
4.12 Output Action Level Rise
4.13 Mounting
5 TRANSDUCER/SENSOR
5.1 Model No.
5.2 Type
5.3 Calibration
5.4 IP rating
5.5 Material - Body
6 ACCESSORIES
6.1 Cable Type
6.2 Cable Length
7 TESTS
7.1 Routine & Functional Test *

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 251 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 LEVEL TRANSMITTER - (ULTRASONIC TYPE)

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

7.2 Technical deviations, if any.
* inspection and test plan & Quality Control Plan (ITP & QCP) documents to be provided during
engineering stage. Test shall be witnessed by Employer / Engineer.

Level Transmitter (Radar Type)

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

LEVEL TRANSMITTER (RADAR TYPE)

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Location according to the P&ID
Tag number according to the P&ID
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer -
1.2 Country of Origin -
1.3 Local Agent Details -
1.4 Type designation
1.5 Standards & Codes Applicable
2 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
2.1 Ambient Temperature
2.2 Relative Humidity
3 INSTALLATION
3.1 Indoor / Outdoor
3.2 Under Sunshade / Without Sunshade
3.3 Area Classification (Safe / Hazardous)
3.4 Type or model -
3.5 Power supply
3.6 Accuracy
3.7 Body Material
3.8 Rating
3.9 Connection Size & Location Upper
3.10 Type
3.11 Case Mounting

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 252 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 LEVEL TRANSMITTER (RADAR TYPE)

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

4 CONVERTER/TRANSMITTER
4.1 Model number
4.2 Output signal
4.3 Range m
4.4 Power supply
4.5 Case Material
4.6 Enclosure Class
4.7 Length of Signal Cable
Transmitter Output signal & Communication
4.8
Protocol
4.9 Accuracy
4.10 Control Modes
4.11 Differential
4.12 Output Action Level Rise
4.13 Mounting
5 TRANSDUCER/SENSOR
5.1 Model No.
5.2 Type
5.3 Calibration
5.4 IP rating
5.5 Material - Body
6 ACCESSORIES
6.1 Cable Type
6.2 Cable Length
7 TESTS
7.1 Routine & Functional Test *
7.2 Technical deviations, if any.
* inspection and test plan & Quality Control Plan (ITP & QCP) documents to be provided during
engineering stage. Test shall be witnessed by Employer / Engineer.

Temperature Gauge

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 253 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 TEMPERATURE GAUGE

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Location according to the P&ID
Tag number according to the P&ID
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
1.3 Local Agent Details
1.4 Type designation
1.5 Standards & Codes Applicable
2 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
2.1 Ambient Temperature
2.2 Relative Humidity
3 INSTALLATION
3.1 Indoor / Outdoor
3.2 Under Sunshade / Without Sunshade
3.3 Area Classification (Safe / Hazardous)
3.4 Form of Construction
3.5 Model No. -
3.6 Type -
3.7 Accuracy
4 CASE
4.1 Filling
4.2 Dial Size
4.3 Mounting
5 RANGE
5.1 Range
5.2 Bourden / Spiral
5.3 Movement
5.4 Compensator
5.5 Accuracy
5.6 Fitting
6 STEM / BULB
6.1 Fill Material
6.2 Length
6.3 Stem Diameter
6.4 Thermowell material
6.5 Thermowell construction
6.6 Process connection
6.7 Capillary
6.8 Length

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 254 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 TEMPERATURE GAUGE

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

6.9 Material
6.10 Diameter
7 TESTS
7.1 Routine & Functional Test *
7.2 Technical deviations, if any.
* inspection and test plan & Quality Control Plan (ITP & QCP) documents to be provided during
engineering stage. Test shall be witnessed by Employer / Engineer.

Temperature Transmitter

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTER

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Location according to the P&ID
Tag number according to the P&ID
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
1.3 Local Agent Details
1.4 Type designation
1.5 Standards & Codes Applicable
2 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
2.1 Ambient Temperature
2.2 Relative Humidity
3 INSTALLATION
3.1 Indoor / Outdoor
3.2 Under Sunshade / Without Sunshade
3.3 Area Classification (Safe / Hazardous)
3.4 Type or model -
3.5 Max pressure
3.6 Power supply
3.7 Accuracy

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 255 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTER

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

3.8 Temperature ºC min./max.
3.9 Pressure min./normal/max.
3.10 Flow Rate
311 Line size
4 MEASURING ELEMENT
4.1 Resistance in ohm at 0 ºC
4.2 Number of elements
4.3 Number of wires per element min.
4.4 Wire size / material
4.5 Insulation material
4.6 Sheath - dia. / length mm
4.7 material
5 HEAD
5.1 Material
5.2 Connection to well - type
5.3 Size
5.4 Material
5.5 Enclosure class
5.6 Transmitter - Type
Transmitter Output signal & Communication
5.7
Protocol
5.8 Accuracy
5.9 Electrical -Connection
5.10 Cable Glands
5.11 Calibrated Range
6 THERMOWELL
6.1 Material
6.2 Construction
6.3 Insertion length
6.4 Connection to process - type
6.5 Size / rating
6.6 Material / finish
7 TEMPERATURE RTD
7.1 Model No. -
7.2 Type -
7.3 Junction Type -
7.4 Thermowell material -
8 TEMPERATURE T/C
8.1 Model No. -
8.2 Type -

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 256 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTER

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

8.3 Junction Type -
8.4 Thermowell material -
9 TESTS
9.1 Routine & Functional Test *
9.2 Technical deviations, if any.
* inspection and test plan & Quality Control Plan (ITP & QCP) documents to be provided during
engineering stage. Test shall be witnessed by Employer / Engineer.

Temperature Switch

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

TEMPERATURE SWITCH

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Location according to the P&ID
Tag number according to the P&ID
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
1.3 Local Agent Details
1.4 Type designation
1.5 Standards & Codes Applicable
2 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
2.1 Ambient Temperature
2.2 Relative Humidity
3 INSTALLATION
3.1 Indoor / Outdoor
3.2 Under Sunshade / Without Sunshade
3.3 Area Classification (Safe / Hazardous)
3.4 Model No. -
3.5 Contact rating
3.6 Stem
3.7 Material

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 257 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 TEMPERATURE SWITCH

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

3.8 Stem or Union Thread
3.9 Stem Diameter
3.10 Case Material
3.11 Dial size
3.12 Scale Length
3.13 Form:
3.14 Capillary material
3.15 Capillary extension
3.16 External Calibrator
4 TESTS
4.1 Routine & Functional Test *
4.2 Technical deviations, if any.
* inspection and test plan & Quality Control Plan (ITP & QCP) documents to be provided during
engineering stage. Test shall be witnessed by Employer / Engineer.

Turbidity Analyzer

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

TURBIDITY ANALYZER

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Location according to the P&ID
Tag number according to the P&ID
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
1.3 Local Agent Details
1.4 Type designation
1.5 Standards & Codes Applicable
2 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
2.1 Ambient Temperature
2.2 Relative Humidity
3 INSTALLATION

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 258 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 TURBIDITY ANALYZER

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

3.1 Indoor / Outdoor
3.2 Under Sunshade / Without Sunshade
3.3 Area Classification (Safe / Hazardous)
4 CONVERTER/TRANSMITTER
4.1 Model number
4.2 Output signal
4.3 Range NTU
4.4 Power supply
4.5 Case Material
4.6 Enclosure Class
4.7 Length of Signal Cable
Transmitter Output signal & Communication
4.8
Protocol
4.9 Accuracy
4.10 Control Modes
4.11 Differential
4.12 Output Action Level Rise
4.13 Mounting
5 TRANSDUCER/SENSOR
5.1 Model No.
5.2 Type
5.3 Calibration
5.4 IP rating
5.5 Material - Body
6 ACCESSORIES
6.1 Cable Type
6.2 Power & Signal cable type and length
7 TESTS
7.1 Routine & Functional Test *
7.2 Technical deviations, if any.
* inspection and test plan & Quality Control Plan (ITP & QCP) documents to be provided during
engineering stage. Test shall be witnessed by Employer / Engineer.

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 259 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 Conductivity Analyzer

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

CONDUCTIVITY ANALYZER

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Location according to the P&ID
Tag number according to the P&ID
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
1.3 Local Agent Details
1.4 Type designation
1.5 Standards & Codes Applicable
2 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
2.1 Ambient Temperature
2.2 Relative Humidity
3 INSTALLATION
3.1 Indoor / Outdoor
3.2 Under Sunshade / Without Sunshade
3.3 Area Classification (Safe / Hazardous)
4 CONVERTER/TRANSMITTER
4.1 Model number
4.2 Output signal
4.3 Range mS/cm
4.4 Power supply
4.5 Case Material
4.6 Enclosure Class
4.7 Length of Signal Cable
Transmitter Output signal & Communication
4.8
Protocol
4.9 Accuracy
4.10 Control Modes
4.11 Differential
4.12 Output Action Level Rise
4.13 Mounting
5 TRANSDUCER/SENSOR

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 260 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 CONDUCTIVITY ANALYZER

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

5.1 Model No.
5.2 Type
5.3 Calibration
5.4 IP rating
5.5 Material - Body
6 ACCESSORIES
6.1 Cable Type
6.2 Power & Signal cable type and length
7 TESTS
7.1 Routine & Functional Test *
7.2 Technical deviations, if any.
* inspection and test plan & Quality Control Plan (ITP & QCP) documents to be provided during
engineering stage. Test shall be witnessed by Employer / Engineer.

pH Analyzer

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

pH ANALYZER

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Location according to the P&ID
Tag number according to the P&ID
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
1.3 Local Agent Details
1.4 Type designation
1.5 Standards & Codes Applicable
2 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
2.1 Ambient Temperature
2.2 Relative Humidity
3 INSTALLATION
3.1 Indoor / Outdoor
3.2 Under Sunshade / Without Sunshade

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 261 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 pH ANALYZER

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

3.3 Area Classification (Safe / Hazardous)
4 CONVERTER/TRANSMITTER
4.1 Model number
4.2 Output signal
4.3 Range -
4.4 Power supply
4.5 Case Material
4.6 Enclosure Class
4.7 Length of Signal Cable
Transmitter Output signal & Communication
4.8
Protocol
4.9 Accuracy
4.10 Control Modes
4.11 Differential
4.12 Output Action Level Rise
4.13 Mounting
5 TRANSDUCER/SENSOR
5.1 Model No.
5.2 Type
5.3 Calibration
5.4 IP rating
5.5 Material - Body
6 ACCESSORIES
6.1 Cable Type
6.2 Power & Signal cable type and length
7 TESTS
7.1 Routine & Functional Test *
7.2 Technical deviations, if any.
* inspection and test plan & Quality Control Plan (ITP & QCP) documents to be provided during
engineering stage. Test shall be witnessed by Employer / Engineer.

MLSS Analyzer

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 262 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 MLSS ANALYZER

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Location according to the P&ID
Tag number according to the P&ID
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
1.3 Local Agent Details
1.4 Type designation
1.5 Standards & Codes Applicable
3 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
3.1 Ambient Temperature
3.2 Relative Humidity
2 INSTALLATION
2.1 Indoor / Outdoor
2.2 Under Sunshade / Without Sunshade
2.3 Area Classification (Safe / Hazardous)
4 CONVERTER/TRANSMITTER
4.1 Model number
4.2 Output signal
4.3 Range mg/l
4.4 Power supply
4.5 Case Material
4.6 Enclosure Class
4.7 Length of Signal Cable
Transmitter Output signal & Communication
4.8
Protocol
4.9 Accuracy
4.10 Control Modes
4.11 Differential
4.12 Output Action Level Rise
4.13 Mounting
5 TRANSDUCER/SENSOR
5.1 Model No.
5.2 Type
5.3 Calibration
5.4 IP rating
5.5 Material - Body
6 ACCESSORIES
6.1 Cable Type
6.2 Power & Signal cable type and length

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 263 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 MLSS ANALYZER

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

7 TESTS
7.1 Routine & Functional Test *
7.2 Technical deviations, if any.
* inspection and test plan & Quality Control Plan (ITP & QCP) documents to be provided during
engineering stage. Test shall be witnessed by Employer / Engineer.

Dissolved Oxygen Analyzer

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

DISSOLVED OXYGEN ANALYZER

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Location according to the P&ID
Tag number according to the P&ID
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
1.3 Local Agent Details
1.4 Type designation
1.5 Standards & Codes Applicable
2 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
2.1 Ambient Temperature
2.2 Relative Humidity
3 INSTALLATION
3.1 Indoor / Outdoor
3.2 Under Sunshade / Without Sunshade
3.3 Area Classification (Safe / Hazardous)
4 CONVERTER/TRANSMITTER
4.1 Model number
4.2 Output signal
4.3 Range mg/l
4.4 Power supply
4.5 Case Material

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 264 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 DISSOLVED OXYGEN ANALYZER

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

4.6 Enclosure Class
4.7 Length of Signal Cable
Transmitter Output signal & Communication
4.8
Protocol
4.9 Accuracy
4.10 Control Modes
4.11 Differential
4.12 Output Action Level Rise
4.13 Mounting
5 TRANSDUCER/SENSOR
5.1 Model No.
5.2 Type
5.3 Calibration
5.4 IP rating
5.5 Material - Body
6 ACCESSORIES
6.1 Cable Type
6.2 Power & Signal cable type and length
7 TESTS
7.1 Routine & Functional Test *
7.2 Technical deviations, if any.
* inspection and test plan & Quality Control Plan (ITP & QCP) documents to be provided during
engineering stage. Test shall be witnessed by Employer / Engineer.

Oxygen Reduction Potential (ORP) Analyzer

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

OXYGEN REDUCTION ANALYZER

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Location according to the P&ID
Tag number according to the P&ID
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 265 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 OXYGEN REDUCTION ANALYZER

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

1.2 Country of Origin
1.3 Local Agent Details
1.4 Type designation
1.5 Standards & Codes Applicable
2 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
2.1 Ambient Temperature
2.2 Relative Humidity
3 INSTALLATION
3.1 Indoor / Outdoor
3.2 Under Sunshade / Without Sunshade
3.3 Area Classification (Safe / Hazardous)
4 CONVERTER/TRANSMITTER
4.1 Model number
4.2 Output signal
4.3 Range mV
4.4 Power supply
4.5 Case Material
4.6 Enclosure Class
4.7 Length of Signal Cable
Transmitter Output signal & Communication
4.8
Protocol
4.9 Accuracy
4.10 Control Modes
4.11 Differential
4.12 Output Action Level Rise
4.13 Mounting
5 TRANSDUCER/SENSOR
5.1 Model No.
5.2 Type
5.3 Calibration
5.4 IP rating
5.5 Material - Body
6 ACCESSORIES
6.1 Cable Type
6.2 Power & Signal cable type and length
7 TESTS
7.1 Routine & Functional Test *
7.2 Technical deviations, if any.
* inspection and test plan & Quality Control Plan (ITP & QCP) documents to be provided during
engineering stage. Test shall be witnessed by Employer / Engineer.

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 266 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 Chlorine Analyzer

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

CHLORINE ANALYZER

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Location according to the P&ID
Tag number according to the P&ID
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
1.3 Local Agent Details
1.4 Type designation
1.5 Standards & Codes Applicable
2 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
2.1 Ambient Temperature
2.2 Relative Humidity
3 INSTALLATION
3.1 Indoor / Outdoor
3.2 Under Sunshade / Without Sunshade
3.3 Area Classification (Safe / Hazardous)
4 CONVERTER/TRANSMITTER
4.1 Model number
4.2 Output signal
4.3 Range mg/l
4.4 Power supply
4.5 Case Material
4.6 Enclosure Class
4.7 Length of Signal Cable
Transmitter Output signal & Communication
4.8
Protocol
4.9 Accuracy
4.10 Control Modes
4.11 Differential
4.12 Output Action Level Rise

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 267 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 CHLORINE ANALYZER

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

4.13 Mounting
5 TRANSDUCER/SENSOR
5.1 Model No.
5.2 Type
5.3 Calibration
5.4 IP rating
5.5 Material - Body
6 ACCESSORIES
6.1 Cable Type
6.2 Power & Signal cable type and length
7 TESTS
7.1 Routine & Functional Test *
7.2 Technical deviations, if any.
* inspection and test plan & Quality Control Plan (ITP & QCP) documents to be provided during
engineering stage. Test shall be witnessed by Employer / Engineer.

Water Quality Monitoring (WQM)

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

WATER QUALITY MONITORING (WQM)

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Location according to the P&ID
Tag number according to the P&ID
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
1.3 Local Agent Details
1.4 Type designation
1.5 Standards & Codes Applicable
2 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
2.1 Ambient Temperature

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 268 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 WATER QUALITY MONITORING (WQM)

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

2.2 Relative Humidity
3 INSTALLATION
3.1 Indoor / Outdoor
3.2 Under Sunshade / Without Sunshade
3.3 Area Classification (Safe / Hazardous)
4 WET CABINET
4.1 IP rating
4.2 Sample pump Specs
4.3 Number of connections
5 DRY CABINET
5.1 mounting structure
5.2 power supply
Used Sensors: -
Potential Hydrogen (pH)
Conductivity
Residual chlorine concentration
5.3 Temperature
Turbidity meter
Other
------
------
6 CONVERTER/TRANSMITTER
6.1 Model number
6.2 Output signal
6.3 Range for each sensor -
6.4 Power supply
6.5 Case Material
6.6 Enclosure Class
6.7 Length of Signal Cable
Transmitter Output signal & Communication
6.8
Protocol
6.9 Accuracy
6.10 Control Modes
6.11 Differential
6.12 Output Action Level Rise
6.13 Mounting
7 TRANSDUCER/SENSOR
7.1 Model No.
7.2 Type
7.3 Calibration
7.4 IP rating
7.5 Material - Body

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 269 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 WATER QUALITY MONITORING (WQM)

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

8 ACCESSORIES
8.1 Cable Type
8.2 Power & Signal cable type and length
9 TESTS
9.1 Routine & Functional Test *
9.2 Technical deviations, if any.
* inspection and test plan & Quality Control Plan (ITP & QCP) documents to be provided during
engineering stage. Test shall be witnessed by Employer / Engineer.

Vibration Measurement System

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

VIBRATION MEASUREMENT SYSTEM

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Location according to the P&ID
Tag number according to the P&ID
1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer -
1.2 Country of Origin
1.3 Local Agent Details
1.4 Type designation
1.5 Standards & Codes Applicable
2 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
2.1 Ambient Temperature
2.2 Relative Humidity
3 INSTALLATION
3.1 Indoor / Outdoor
3.2 Under Sunshade / Without Sunshade
3.3 Area Classification (Safe / Hazardous) Safe
4 VIBRATION TRANSDUCER
4.1 Mounting -Horizontal/Vertical -
4.2 Sensor Material -

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 270 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 VIBRATION MEASUREMENT SYSTEM

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

4.3 Full scale range -
4.4 Scale factor mV/mm
4.5 Linearity
4.6 Frequency Response
4.7 Temp. Sensitivity
4.8 Min. Target size
4.9 Input power
4.10 Lead wire length
4.11 Operating Temperature
4.12 Relative Humidity
5 VIBRATION MONITOR
5.1 Type
5.2 Full scale range
5.3 Transducer Type
5.4 Sensitivity
5.5 Input Impedance
5.6 Alarm relays
5.7 Trip multiply options
5.8 Accuracy
5.9 Display type
5.10 Field program Options
5.11 Agency Approval
6 ACCESSORIES
6.1 Power Cable type & length
6.2 Signal Cable type & length
7 TESTS
7.1 Routine & Functional Test *
7.2 Technical deviations, if any.
* inspection and test plan & Quality Control Plan (ITP & QCP) documents to be provided during
engineering stage. Test shall be witnessed by Employer / Engineer.

SCADA Computer System

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 271 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 SCADA COMPUTER SYSTEM

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

1 SCADA SERVER
1.1 General
1.1.1 Manufacturer
1.1.2 Country of Origin
1.1.3 Tag no.
1.1.4 Location
1.1.5 Local Agent
1.1.6 Redundancy
1.2 CPU
1.2.1 Processor
1.2.2 Speed
1.2.3 Processor Utilization Time
1.2.4 Mbytes Available
1.2.5 Chipset
1.3 Hard Drives
1.3.1 Type \ Origin
1.3.2 Capacity GB
1.4 Archiving System
1.4.1 Type
1.4.2 SCSI compliant
1.4.3 Capacity GB
1.4.4 Transfer rate
1.5 Software
1.5.1 Operating system bit
1.5.2 Windows
1.5.3 Anti-virus
1.5.4 Hardware firewall
1.6 Communication Port/Network Interface
1.6.1 NIC at 1GB/SEC (Ethernet) No.
1.7 Visual Display Unit
1.7.1 Screen size
1.7.2 Resolution
1.7.3 Quantity of screens No.
1.8 Keyboard type
1.8.1 Operators
1.8.2 Engineers
1.8.3 Pointing Device
1.8.4 Rack/Case Type
1.8.5 Power Supply Rating "W"

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 272 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 SCADA COMPUTER SYSTEM

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

1.8.6 Maximum Temperature/Humidity
1.8.7 MTBF Hrs
1.8.8 MTTR Hrs
1.8.9 Construction
1.8.10 Quantity
2 SCADA CLIENT
2.1 General
2.1.1 Tag no.
2.1.2 Location
2.1.3 Manufacturer
2.1.4 Country of Origin
2.1.5 Local Agent
2.1.6 Redundancy
2.2 CPU
2.2.1 Processor
2.2.2 Speed
2.2.3 Processor Utilization Time
2.2.4 Mbytes Available
2.2.5 Chipset
2.3 Hard Drives
2.3.1 Type \ Origin
2.3.2 Capacity GB
2.4 Software
2.4.1 Operating system bit
2.4.2 Windows
2.4.3 Anti-virus
2.5 Communication Port/Network Interface
2.5.1 NIC at 1GB/SEC (Ethernet) No.
2.6 Visual Display Unit
2.6.1 Screen size
2.6.2 Resolution
2.6.3 Quantity of screens No.
2.7 Keyboard type
2.7.1 -Operators
2.7.2 -Engineers
2.7.3 Pointing Device
2.7.4 Rack/Case Type
2.7.5 Power Supply Rating "W"
2.7.6 Maximum Temperature/Humidity
2.7.7 MTBF Hrs

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 273 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 SCADA COMPUTER SYSTEM

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

2.7.8 MTTR Hrs
2.7.9 Construction
2.7.10 Quantity
3 TESTS
3.1 Routine & Functional Test *
3.2 Technical deviations, if any.
* inspection and test plan & Quality Control Plan (ITP & QCP) documents to be provided during
engineering stage. Test shall be witnessed by Employer / Engineer.

SCADA Operator Desk Console

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

SCADA OPERATOR DESK CONSOLE

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
1.3 Location
1.4 Tag no.
1.5 Local agent
2 APPROXIMATE SIZE
2.1 Height
2.2 VDU's and keyboards
2.3 Integrated in the operator desk.
2.4 Enclosure Protection
3 MATERIALS & FINISHES
3.1 Surface
3.2 Body
3.3 Console modular frame

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 274 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 SCADA Printer

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

SCADA PRINTER

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

1 TAG NO.
2 LOCATION
3 GENERAL
3.1 Manufacturer
3.2 Country of Origin
3.3 Local Agent Details
3.4 Service (Alarm/Event/graphics/report)
3.5 Model No.
3.6 Paper size
3.7 Paper loading facility
3.8 Print head
3.9 Through put (Speed) cps/ppm
3.10 Resolution dpi
3.11 Data interface
3.12 Print Color
3.13 Power supply
3.14 Power supply cord length
3.15 Max. working temperature
3.16 Humidity

SCADA Video Wall System

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 275 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 SCADA VIDEO WALL SYSTEM

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

Location according to the P&ID
1 TAG NO.
2 LOCATION
3 MANUFACTURER
4 COUNTRY OF ORIGIN
5 LOCAL AGENT
6 GENERAL
6.1 Model/Type
6.2 Screen size inch
6.3 Screen overall area m2
6.4 Resolution pixels
6.5 life time hr
6.6 Brightness cd/m2
6.7 Temperature
6.8 Humidity
6.9 Dimensions
6.10 Depth of shade
6.11 Representable Colors
6.12 Angle of observation
6.13 - Horizontal
6.14 - Vertical
6.15 Voltage
6.16 Power
6.17 Protection rating
6.18 Accessories provided
6.19 Weight
7 TESTS
7.1 Routine & Functional Test *
* inspection and test plan & Quality Control Plan (ITP & QCP) documents to be provided during
engineering stage. Test shall be witnessed by Employer / Engineer.

Programmable Logic Controller (PLC)

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 276 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER (PLC)

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

1 GENERAL
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of Origin
1.3 Model No.
1.4 Type (micro, mini, main) & Specification
2 Purpose (Process, Plant control)
2.1 Type of Controller
2.2 Type of Redundancy
2.3 Changeover time
2.4 No. supplied
BACKPLANE / EQUIVALENT (AS
3
APPLICABLE)
3.1 Current / Slot A @ v d.c.
3.2 Power dissipation (actual & max) W
3.3 Input voltage V
3.4 Slots (available, used & extensible [Y/N]) No.
3.5 Max: Temperature & Humidity oC /%
4 POWER SUPPLY UNIT
4.1 Number installed No.
4.2 What type of redundancy
4.3 Voltages: Input / Output V
4.4 Power rating / PSU W
4.5 Max: Temperature & Humidity oC /%
4.6 Battery Back-up Voltage & Autonomy V & hr
5 PROCESSORS
5.1 No. of CPU in each processor / controller
5.2 CPU load and raid level
5.3 No. & type on-board communication ports
5.4 No. of power supply inputs
5.5 Kind of Firmware
5.6 Kind of Application software
5.7 Software compliance with IEC 61131-3 Y/N
5.8 Support digital communication network Y/N
5.9 Type of I/O modules
5.10 CPU Scan time
5.11 Processor Utilization Time
5.12 % Usage
5.13 Mbytes Available
5.14 Communication Port

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 277 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER (PLC)

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

5.15 Termination modules
SUPPORTED COMMUNICATIONS
6
PROTOCOLS
6.1 Native Protocols Supported
6.2 3.41 continued
6.3 Protocols Supplied
6.4 Communications Cards Supplied
No. supplied, protocol supported, ports /
6.5
card
6.6 3.51 continued
HARD WIRED INPUT / OUTPUT
7
MODULES
7.1 General
7.2 Type of Redundancy
7.3 Means of interface to PLC
8 ANALOGUE INPUTS
8.1 Module Model Number
8.2 Number of Modules
8.3 AI per card: Total/ Used
8.4 Total AI: Supplied / Used
9 ANALOGUE OUTPUTS
9.1 Module Model Number
9.2 Number of Modules
9.3 AO per card: Total/ Used
9.4 Total AO: Supplied / Used
10 DIGITAL INPUTS
10.1 Module Model Number
10.2 Number of Modules
10.3 DI per card: Total/ Used
10.4 Total DI: Supplied / Used
11 DIGITAL OUTPUTS
11.1 Module Model Number
11.2 Number of Modules
11.3 DI per card: Total/ Used
11.4 Total DI: Supplied / Used
12 TESTING
12.1 Routine & Functional Test *
12.2 Technical deviations, if any.
* inspection and test plan & Quality Control Plan (ITP & QCP) documents to be provided during
engineering stage. Test shall be witnessed by Employer / Engineer.

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 278 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 Human Machine Interface (HMI)

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

HUMAN MACHINE INTERFACE (HMI)

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

1 GENERAL
1.1 Size (diagonal) inch
1.2 Color
1.3 Touchscreen
1.4 Memory Type and Qty. Mb
1.5 Power Supply: voltage (a.c. / d.c.) and W
1.6 Network Interface
1.7 Network connection used
1.8 Communications Ports: Type and Qty.
1.9 Continued
1.10 Communications used
1.11 Operating system
1.12 Number Supplied
2 TESTS
2.1 Routine & Functional Test *
2.2 Technical deviations, if any.
* inspection and test plan & Quality Control Plan (ITP & QCP) documents to be provided during
engineering stage. Test shall be witnessed by Employer / Engineer.

Fiber Optic Cable

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 279 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 FIBER OPTIC CABLE

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

1 TAG NO.
2 LOCATION
3 MANUFACTURER
4 COUNTRY OF ORIGIN
5 LOCAL AGENT
6 GENERAL
6.1 Type
6.2 Fiber Count
6.3 Core Size @ 1310 nm micr.
6.4 Cladding Diameter micr.
6.5 Attenuation @ 1310 nm
6.6 dB/km
6.7 Chromatic Dispersion@1310 nm
6.8 Cable Jackets
6.9 Armored
6.10 Strength members
6.11 Operating Temp. Range oC

6.12 Ripcord
6.13 Max. Tensile Loading
6.14 Minimum Bending Radius
7 TESTS
7.1 Routine & Functional Test *
7.2 Technical deviations, if any.
* inspection and test plan & Quality Control Plan (ITP & QCP) documents to be provided during
engineering stage. Test shall be witnessed by Employer / Engineer.

Wireless Communication

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 280 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 WIRELESS COMMUNICATION

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

1 GENERAL INFORMATION
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of origin
1.3 Local agent Details
1.4 Tag no.
1.5 Model
2 SPECIFICATION
2.1 Protocol Available
2.2 Protocol Supplied
2.3 Bandwidth
2.4 Transmission Rate
3 ENCLOSURES
3.1 IP rate for outdoor equipment
3.2 Normal operating temperature
3.3 Maximum and minimum humidity
3.4 Power Supply
3.5 AC main power
3.6 Frequency
4 TESTS
4.1 Routine & Functional Test *
4.2 Technical deviations, if any.
* inspection and test plan & Quality Control Plan (ITP & QCP) documents to be provided during
engineering stage. Test shall be witnessed by Employer / Engineer.

Remote Terminal Unit (RTU)

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

REMOTE TERMINAL UNIT (RTU)

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

1 GENERAL INFORMATION
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of origin

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 281 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 REMOTE TERMINAL UNIT (RTU)

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

1.3 Local agent Details
1.4 Tag no.
1.5 Model
1.6 Standards & Codes Applicable
2 SPECIFICATION
2.1 CPU load and raid level -
2.2 No. & type on-board communication ports No
2.3 No. of power supply inputs No
2.4 Kind of Firmware -
2.5 Kind of Application software -
2.6 Software compliance with IEC 61131-3 Y/N
2.7 Support digital communication network Y/N
2.8 Type of I/O modules -
2.9 CPU Scan time -
2.10 Processor Utilization Time -
2.11 % Usage -
2.12 Mbytes Available -
2.13 Communication Port -
2.14 Termination modules -
2.15 Type of Interface
2.16 Type of Redundancy
2.17 PS/COM/I/O/1:1
2.18 Type of I/O modules
2.19 Analog I/Os
2.20 No. of Analog I/Os
2.21 No. of Redundant Analog I/Os
2.22 Digital I/Os
2.23 No. of Digital I/Os
2.24 No. of Redundant Digital I/Os
2.25 Max. data transfer rate
2.26 Scan time
2.27 Communication Port
2.28 Changeover time
2.29 Termination modules
2.30 Max. Working temperature
2.31 Humidity
2.32 Power Supply
2.33 % of Spare I/Os
2.34 Type of Remote I/O modules
2.35 Communication Port

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 282 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 REMOTE TERMINAL UNIT (RTU)

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

2.36 Enclosure Class
2.37 No. of I/Os
2.38 Power Supply
2.39 % of Spare I/Os
2.40 Max. Working temperature
2.41 Humidity
3 TESTS
3.1 Routine & Functional Test *
3.2 Technical deviations, if any.
* inspection and test plan & Quality Control Plan (ITP & QCP) documents to be provided during
engineering stage. Test shall be witnessed by Employer / Engineer.

Instrument and Control Cable

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

INSTRUMENTATION & CONTROL CABLE

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

1 GENERAL INFORMATION
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of origin
1.3 Local agent Details
1.4 Tag no.
1.5 Model
1.6 Standards & Codes Applicable
2 SPECIFICATION
2.1 Size mm2
2.2 Grade
2.3 Type
3 CONDUCTOR CONSTRUCTION
3.1 Conductor material
4 CONDUCTOR SIZE
4.1 Conductor Insulation

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 283 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 INSTRUMENTATION & CONTROL CABLE

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

4.2 Conductor Color Coding
5 PAIR CONSTRUCTION
5.1 No. of Pair
5.2 Pair screening
5.3 Overall screen
5.4 Screen material
6 INNER SHEATH
6.1 Material
6.2 Sheath Thickness
7 ARMOR
7.1 Type of Armor
7.2 Armor Material
7.3 Armor size
8 OUTER JACKET
8.1 Material
8.2 Sheath Thickness
8.3 Sheath color
8.4 Overall diameter
9 TESTS
9.1 Routine & Functional Test *
9.2 Technical deviations, if any.
* inspection and test plan & Quality Control Plan (ITP & QCP) documents to be provided during
engineering stage. Test shall be witnessed by Employer / Engineer.

SCADA Software

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

SCADA SOFTWARE

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

1 GENERAL INFORMATION
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of origin

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 284 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 SCADA SOFTWARE

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

1.3 Local agent Details
1.4 Tag no.
1.5 Model
1.6 Standards & Codes Applicable
2 SPECIFICATION
2.1 Runtime & development software type
2.2 Number Of tags
2.3 Number of used tags
2.4 number of spare tags
2.5 Ability to use OPC-UA
Built-in support for connecting to common
databases such as the following:
2.6 - MySQL
- SQL Server
- Oracle
Data historian for logging time series data to
2.7
a database
Client applications are easily modified and
2.8 updated over a computer
network
Easy way for the SCADA framework to be
2.9 upgraded when new versions of the
software are released
2.10 Operating system
2.11 recommended Server memory
2.12 recommended Client memory
2.13 Cyber security software supported
2.14 Security level
2.15 PLCs Communication Driver
2.16 OPC Certified
3 TESTS
3.1 Routine & Functional Test *
3.2 Technical deviations, if any.
* inspection and test plan & Quality Control Plan (ITP & QCP) documents to be provided during
engineering stage. Test shall be witnessed by Employer / Engineer.

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 285 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021

 Control Panel

Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:

CONTROL PANEL

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA TO BE FILLED IN

1 GENERAL INFORMATION
1.1 Manufacturer
1.2 Country of origin
1.3 Local agent Details
1.4 Tag no.
1.5 Model
1.6 Standards & Codes Applicable
2 SPECIFICATION
2.1 Material
2.2 Dimensions
2.3 Degree of protection (IP Rating)
2.4 Certificates
2.5 Color
3 INSTALLATION
3.1 Indoor / Outdoor
3.2 Continuous operating temperature
3.3 Application Details
3.4 Enclosure Space Limitations (If any, specify)
3.5 Corrosive Environment (No/Yes, Specify)
4 ACCESSORIES
4.1 Lamp With door + switch
4.2 Cable entry
4.3 Cable Gland
5 TESTS
5.1 Routine & Functional Test *
5.2 Technical deviations, if any.
* inspection and test plan & Quality Control Plan (ITP & QCP) documents to be provided during
engineering stage. Test shall be witnessed by Employer / Engineer.

00_TES_SD_005.01 Page 286 of 286 Issue Date 31/10/2021